Երկրորդ Օրէնք / Deuteronomy - 11 |

Text:
< PreviousԵրկրորդ Օրէնք - 11 Deuteronomy - 11Next >


jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
With this chapter Moses concludes his preface to the repetition of the statutes and judgments which they must observe to do. He repeats the general charge (ver. 1), and, having in the close of the foregoing chapter begun to mention the great things God had done among them, in this, I. He specifies several of the great works God had done before their eyes, ver. 2-7. II. He sets before them, for the future, life and death, the blessing and the curse, according as they did, or did not, keep God's commandments, that they should certainly prosper if they were obedient, should be blessed with plenty of all good things (ver. 8-15), and with victory over their enemies, and the enlargement of their coast thereby, ver. 22-25. But their disobedience would undoubtedly be their ruin, ver. 16, 17. III. He directs them what means to use that they might keep in mind the law of God, ver. 18-21. And, IV. Concludes all with solemnly charging them to choose which they would have, the blessing or the curse, ver. 26, &c.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
The people are exhorted to obedience from a consideration of God's goodness to their fathers in Egypt, Deu 11:1-4, and what he did in the wilderness, Deu 11:5, and the judgment on Dathan and Abiram, Deu 11:6, and from the mercies of God in general, Deu 11:7-9. A comparative description of Egypt and Canaan, Deu 11:10-12. Promises to obedience, Deu 11:13-15. Dissuasives from idolatry, Deu 11:16, Deu 11:17. The words of God to be laid up in their hearts, to be for a sign on their hands, foreheads, gates, etc., Deu 11:18, taught to their children, made the subject of frequent conversation, to the end that their days may be multiplied, Deu 11:19-21. If obedient, God shall give them possession of the whole land, and not one of their enemies shall be able to withstand them, Deu 11:22-25. Life and death, a blessing and a curse, are set before them, Deu 11:26-28. The blessings to be put on Mount Gerizim and the curses on Mount Ebal, Deu 11:29, Deu 11:30. The promise that they should pass over Jordan, and observe these statutes in the promised land, Deu 11:31, Deu 11:32.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
Deu 11:1, An exhortation to obedience; Deu 11:2, by their own experience of God's great works; Deu 11:8, by promise of God's great blessings; Deu 11:16, and by threatenings; Deu 11:18, A careful study is required in God's words; Deu 11:26, The blessing and curse set before them.
John Gill
INTRODUCTION TO DEUTERONOMY 11
In this chapter, the exhortation to love the Lord, and keep his commands, is repeated and urged again and again from various considerations; as not only from the chastisement of Pharaoh and the wicked Egyptians, but of such Israelites who offended the Lord, and transgressed his law, Deut 12:1, from the goodness and excellency of the land they were going to inherit, Deut 11:8, from the blessing of rain that would come upon it, and be productive of all good things for man and beast, in case of obedience, and a restraint of it in case of disobedience, Deut 11:12, from the continuance of them and their offspring in the land, should they be careful to observe the commands themselves, and teach them their children, Deut 11:18, and from the extensiveness of their conquests and dominions, Deut 11:22 and from the different issue and effects of their conduct and behaviour, a blessing upon them if obedient, but a curse if disobedient, Deut 11:26 and the chapter is concluded with an exhortation to pronounce the blessing on Mount Gerizim, and the curse on Mount Ebal; the situation of which places is described when they should come into the land of Canaan, of which they are assured, Deut 11:29.
11:111:1: Եւ սիրեսցես զՏէր Աստուած քո. եւ պահեսցե՛ս զպահպանութիւնս նորա, եւ զիրաւունս նորա, եւ զպատուիրանս նորա, եւ զդատաստանս նորա զամենայն աւուրս կենաց քոց։
1 «Քո կեանքի բոլոր օրերին պէտք է սիրես քո Տէր Աստծուն, պահես նրա պատգամները, օրէնքները, պատուիրաններն ու կանոնները:
11 «Ուրեմն դուն քու Տէր Աստուածդ պէտք է սիրես ու միշտ անոր հրամանները՝ կանոնները, օրէնքներն ու պատուիրանքները՝ պահես։
Եւ սիրեսցես զՏէր Աստուած քո, եւ պահեսցես զպահպանութիւնս նորա եւ զիրաւունս նորա եւ զպատուիրանս նորա եւ զդատաստանս նորա զամենայն աւուրս [191]կենաց քոց:

11:1: Եւ սիրեսցես զՏէր Աստուած քո. եւ պահեսցե՛ս զպահպանութիւնս նորա, եւ զիրաւունս նորա, եւ զպատուիրանս նորա, եւ զդատաստանս նորա զամենայն աւուրս կենաց քոց։
1 «Քո կեանքի բոլոր օրերին պէտք է սիրես քո Տէր Աստծուն, պահես նրա պատգամները, օրէնքները, պատուիրաններն ու կանոնները:
11 «Ուրեմն դուն քու Տէր Աստուածդ պէտք է սիրես ու միշտ անոր հրամանները՝ կանոնները, օրէնքներն ու պատուիրանքները՝ պահես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:11: Итак люби Господа, Бога твоего, и соблюдай, что повелено Им соблюдать, и постановления Его и законы Его и заповеди Его во все дни.
11:1 καὶ και and; even ἀγαπήσεις αγαπαω love κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεόν θεος God σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even φυλάξῃ φυλασσω guard; keep τὰ ο the φυλάγματα φυλαγμα he; him καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day
11:1 וְ wᵊ וְ and אָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ ʔˈāhavtˈā אהב love אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׁמַרְתָּ֣ šāmartˈā שׁמר keep מִשְׁמַרְתֹּ֗ו mišmartˈô מִשְׁמֶרֶת guard-post וְ wᵊ וְ and חֻקֹּתָ֧יו ḥuqqōṯˈāʸw חֻקָּה regulation וּ û וְ and מִשְׁפָּטָ֛יו mišpāṭˈāʸw מִשְׁפָּט justice וּ û וְ and מִצְוֹתָ֖יו miṣwōṯˌāʸw מִצְוָה commandment כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the יָּמִֽים׃ yyāmˈîm יֹום day
11:1. ama itaque Dominum Deum tuum et observa praecepta eius et caerimonias iudicia atque mandata omni temporeTherefore love the Lord thy God and observe his precepts and ceremonies, his judgments and commmandments at all times.
1. Therefore thou shalt love the LORD thy God, and keep his charge, and his statutes, and his judgments, and his commandments, alway.
11:1. “And so, love the Lord your God, and observe his precepts and ceremonies, his judgments and commandments, at all times.
11:1. Therefore thou shalt love the LORD thy God, and keep his charge, and his statutes, and his judgments, and his commandments, alway.
Therefore thou shalt love the LORD thy God, and keep his charge, and his statutes, and his judgments, and his commandments, alway:

1: Итак люби Господа, Бога твоего, и соблюдай, что повелено Им соблюдать, и постановления Его и законы Его и заповеди Его во все дни.
11:1
καὶ και and; even
ἀγαπήσεις αγαπαω love
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεόν θεος God
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξῃ φυλασσω guard; keep
τὰ ο the
φυλάγματα φυλαγμα he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
δικαιώματα δικαιωμα justification
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
11:1
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָ֣הַבְתָּ֔ ʔˈāhavtˈā אהב love
אֵ֖ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֑יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׁמַרְתָּ֣ šāmartˈā שׁמר keep
מִשְׁמַרְתֹּ֗ו mišmartˈô מִשְׁמֶרֶת guard-post
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חֻקֹּתָ֧יו ḥuqqōṯˈāʸw חֻקָּה regulation
וּ û וְ and
מִשְׁפָּטָ֛יו mišpāṭˈāʸw מִשְׁפָּט justice
וּ û וְ and
מִצְוֹתָ֖יו miṣwōṯˌāʸw מִצְוָה commandment
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
יָּמִֽים׃ yyāmˈîm יֹום day
11:1. ama itaque Dominum Deum tuum et observa praecepta eius et caerimonias iudicia atque mandata omni tempore
Therefore love the Lord thy God and observe his precepts and ceremonies, his judgments and commmandments at all times.
11:1. “And so, love the Lord your God, and observe his precepts and ceremonies, his judgments and commandments, at all times.
11:1. Therefore thou shalt love the LORD thy God, and keep his charge, and his statutes, and his judgments, and his commandments, alway.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
1: Persuasives to Obedience.B. C. 1451.
1 Therefore thou shalt love the LORD thy God, and keep his charge, and his statutes, and his judgments, and his commandments, alway. 2 And know ye this day: for I speak not with your children which have not known, and which have not seen the chastisement of the LORD your God, his greatness, his mighty hand, and his stretched out arm, 3 And his miracles, and his acts, which he did in the midst of Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land; 4 And what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots; how he made the water of the Red sea to overflow them as they pursued after you, and how the LORD hath destroyed them unto this day; 5 And what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came into this place; 6 And what he did unto Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben: how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their households, and their tents, and all the substance that was in their possession, in the midst of all Israel: 7 But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the LORD which he did.
Because God has made thee as the stars of heaven for multitude (so the preceding chapter concludes), therefore thou shalt love the Lord thy God (so this begins). Those whom God has built up into families, whose beginning was small, but whose latter end greatly increases, should use that as an argument with themselves why they should serve God. Thou shalt keep his charge, that is, the oracles of his word and ordinances of his worship, with which they were entrusted and for which they were accountable. It is a phrase often used concerning the office of the priests and Levites, for all Israel was a kingdom of priests, a holy nation. Observe the connection of these two: Thou shalt love the Lord and keep his charge, since love will work in obedience, and that only is acceptable obedience which flows from a principle of love. 1 John v. 3.
Mention is made of the great and terrible works of God which their eyes had seen, v. 7. This part of his discourse Moses addresses to the seniors among the people, the elders in age; and probably the elders in office were so, and were now his immediate auditors: there were some among them that could remember their deliverance out of Egypt, all above fifty, and to them he speaks this, not to the children, who knew it by hearsay only, v. 2. Note, God's mercies to us when we were young we should remember and retain the impressions of when we are old; what our eyes have seen, especially in our early days, has affected us, and should be improved by us long after. They had seen what terrible judgments God had executed upon the enemies of Israel's peace, 1. Upon Pharaoh and the Egyptians that enslaved them. What a fine country was ruined and laid waste by one plague after another, to force Israel's enlargement! v. 3. What a fine army was entirely drowned in the Red Sea, to prevent Israel's being re-enslaved! v. 4. Thus did he give Egypt for their ransom, Isa. xliii. 3. Rather shall that famous kingdom be destroyed than that Israel shall not be delivered. 2. Upon Dathan and Abiram that embroiled them. Remember what he did in the wilderness (v. 5), by how many necessary chastisements (as they are called, v. 2) they were kept from ruining themselves, particularly when those daring Reubenites defied the authority of Moses and headed a dangerous rebellion against God himself, which threatened the ruin of a whole nation, and might have ended in that if the divine power had not immediately crushed the rebellion by burying the rebels alive, them and all that was in their possession, v. 6. What was done against them, though misinterpreted by the disaffected party (Num. xvi. 41), was really done in mercy to Israel. To be saved from the mischiefs of insurrections at home is as great a kindness to a people, and therefore lays them under as strong obligations, as protection from the invasion of enemies abroad.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:1: Thou shalt love the Lord - Because without this there could be no obedience to the Divine testimonies, and no happiness in the soul; for the heart that is destitute of the love of God, is empty of all good, and consequently miserable. See the note on Deu 10:12.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:1: thou shalt: This verse is the practical improvement of the conclusion of the foregoing chapter; while the next verse begins another view of the subject. Deu 6:5, Deu 10:12, Deu 30:16-20; Psa 116:1
keep: Lev 8:35; Zac 3:7
his statutes: Deu 4:1, Deu 4:5, Deu 4:40, Deu 6:1; Psa 105:45; Luk 1:74, Luk 1:75
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
11:1
In Deut 11:1-12 the other feature in the divine requirements (Deut 10:12), viz., love to the Lord their God, is still more fully developed. Love was to show itself in the distinct perception of what had to be observed towards Jehovah (to "keep His charge," see at Lev 8:35), i.e., in the perpetual observance of His commandments and rights. The words, "and His statutes," etc., serve to explain the general notion, "His charge." "All days," as in Deut 4:10.
John Gill
11:1 Therefore thou shalt love the Lord thy God,.... Because he is so great and glorious in himself, and because he had done such great and good things for them, the Israelites, particularly in the multiplication of them, the last thing mentioned:
and keep his charge; whatsoever the Lord had charged them to observe, even what follow:
and his statutes and his judgments, and his commandments, alway; all his laws, ceremonial, judicial, and moral; and that constantly and continually, all the days of their lives.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:1 AN EXHORTATION TO OBEDIENCE. (Deu. 11:1-32)
Therefore thou shalt love the Lord thy God, and keep his charge--The reason for the frequent repetition of the same or similar counsels is to be traced to the infantine character and state of the church, which required line upon line and precept upon precept. Besides, the Israelites were a headstrong and perverse people, impatient of control, prone to rebellion, and, from their long stay in Egypt, so violently addicted to idolatry, that they ran imminent risk of being seduced by the religion of the country to which they were going, which, in its characteristic features, bore a strong resemblance to that of the country they had left.
11:211:2: Եւ ծանիջի՛ք այսօր, եթէ ո՛չ վասն որդւոց քոց՝ որք ո՛չ գիտեն եւ ո՛չ տեսին զխրատ Տեառն Աստուծոյ քոյ. եւ զմեծամեծս նորա, զձեռն հզօր, եւ զբազուկ բարձր.
2 Այսօր պէտք է իմանաք, որ խօսքը չի վերաբերում ձեր որդիներին, որոնք ո՛չ գիտեն, ո՛չ էլ տեսել են քո Տէր Աստծու խրատը, նրա մեծագործութիւնները, ամուր ձեռքը եւ հզօր բազուկը,
2 Այսօր գիտցէ՛ք, թէ ձեր որդիներուն չէ իմ խօսքս, որովհետեւ անոնք չգիտցան ու չտեսան ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն խրատը, անոր մեծութիւնը, զօրաւոր ձեռքը ու բարձր բազուկը,
Եւ ծանիջիք այսօր, եթէ ոչ վասն որդւոց քոց որք ոչ գիտեն եւ ոչ տեսին զխրատ Տեառն Աստուծոյ քո եւ զմեծամեծս նորա, զձեռն հզօր եւ զբազուկ բարձր:

11:2: Եւ ծանիջի՛ք այսօր, եթէ ո՛չ վասն որդւոց քոց՝ որք ո՛չ գիտեն եւ ո՛չ տեսին զխրատ Տեառն Աստուծոյ քոյ. եւ զմեծամեծս նորա, զձեռն հզօր, եւ զբազուկ բարձր.
2 Այսօր պէտք է իմանաք, որ խօսքը չի վերաբերում ձեր որդիներին, որոնք ո՛չ գիտեն, ո՛չ էլ տեսել են քո Տէր Աստծու խրատը, նրա մեծագործութիւնները, ամուր ձեռքը եւ հզօր բազուկը,
2 Այսօր գիտցէ՛ք, թէ ձեր որդիներուն չէ իմ խօսքս, որովհետեւ անոնք չգիտցան ու չտեսան ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն խրատը, անոր մեծութիւնը, զօրաւոր ձեռքը ու բարձր բազուկը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:22: И вспомните ныне, --ибо [я говорю] не с сынами вашими, которые не знают и не видели наказания Господа Бога вашего, --Его величие Его крепкую руку и высокую мышцу его,
11:2 καὶ και and; even γνώσεσθε γινωσκω know σήμερον σημερον today; present ὅτι οτι since; that οὐχὶ ουχι not; not actually τὰ ο the παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child ὑμῶν υμων your ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as οὐκ ου not οἴδασιν οιδα aware οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither εἴδοσαν οραω view; see τὴν ο the παιδείαν παιδεια discipline κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the μεγαλεῖα μεγαλειος magnificent αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the χεῖρα χειρ hand τὴν ο the κραταιὰν κραταιος dominant καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the βραχίονα βραχιων arm τὸν ο the ὑψηλὸν υψηλος high; lofty
11:2 וִֽ wˈi וְ and ידַעְתֶּם֮ yḏaʕtem ידע know הַ ha הַ the יֹּום֒ yyôm יֹום day כִּ֣י׀ kˈî כִּי that לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּנֵיכֶ֗ם bᵊnêḵˈem בֵּן son אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יָדְעוּ֙ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know וַ wa וְ and אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹא־ lō- לֹא not רָא֔וּ rāʔˈû ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מוּסַ֖ר mûsˌar מוּסָר chastening יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] גָּדְלֹ֕ו goḏlˈô גֹּדֶל greatness אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יָדֹו֙ yāḏˌô יָד hand הַ ha הַ the חֲזָקָ֔ה ḥᵃzāqˈā חָזָק strong וּ û וְ and זְרֹעֹ֖ו zᵊrōʕˌô זְרֹועַ arm הַ ha הַ the נְּטוּיָֽה׃ nnᵊṭûyˈā נטה extend
11:2. cognoscite hodie quae ignorant filii vestri qui non viderunt disciplinam Domini Dei vestri magnalia eius et robustam manum extentumque brachiumKnow this day the things that your children know not, who saw not the chastisements of the Lord your God, his great doings and strong hand, and stretched out arm,
2. And know ye this day: for not with your children which have not known, and which have not seen the chastisement of the LORD your God, his greatness, his mighty hand, and his stretched out arm,
11:2. Acknowledge, on this day, the things that your sons did not know. For they did not see the chastisements of the Lord your God, his great acts, and powerful hand, and outstretched arm,
11:2. And know ye this day: for [I speak] not with your children which have not known, and which have not seen the chastisement of the LORD your God, his greatness, his mighty hand, and his stretched out arm,
And know ye this day: for [I speak] not with your children which have not known, and which have not seen the chastisement of the LORD your God, his greatness, his mighty hand, and his stretched out arm:

2: И вспомните ныне, --ибо [я говорю] не с сынами вашими, которые не знают и не видели наказания Господа Бога вашего, --Его величие Его крепкую руку и высокую мышцу его,
11:2
καὶ και and; even
γνώσεσθε γινωσκω know
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ὅτι οτι since; that
οὐχὶ ουχι not; not actually
τὰ ο the
παιδία παιδιον toddler; little child
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὅσοι οσος as much as; as many as
οὐκ ου not
οἴδασιν οιδα aware
οὐδὲ ουδε not even; neither
εἴδοσαν οραω view; see
τὴν ο the
παιδείαν παιδεια discipline
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
μεγαλεῖα μεγαλειος magnificent
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
χεῖρα χειρ hand
τὴν ο the
κραταιὰν κραταιος dominant
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
βραχίονα βραχιων arm
τὸν ο the
ὑψηλὸν υψηλος high; lofty
11:2
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ידַעְתֶּם֮ yḏaʕtem ידע know
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּום֒ yyôm יֹום day
כִּ֣י׀ kˈî כִּי that
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּנֵיכֶ֗ם bᵊnêḵˈem בֵּן son
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יָדְעוּ֙ yāḏᵊʕˌû ידע know
וַ wa וְ and
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
רָא֔וּ rāʔˈû ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מוּסַ֖ר mûsˌar מוּסָר chastening
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֑ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
גָּדְלֹ֕ו goḏlˈô גֹּדֶל greatness
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יָדֹו֙ yāḏˌô יָד hand
הַ ha הַ the
חֲזָקָ֔ה ḥᵃzāqˈā חָזָק strong
וּ û וְ and
זְרֹעֹ֖ו zᵊrōʕˌô זְרֹועַ arm
הַ ha הַ the
נְּטוּיָֽה׃ nnᵊṭûyˈā נטה extend
11:2. cognoscite hodie quae ignorant filii vestri qui non viderunt disciplinam Domini Dei vestri magnalia eius et robustam manum extentumque brachium
Know this day the things that your children know not, who saw not the chastisements of the Lord your God, his great doings and strong hand, and stretched out arm,
11:2. Acknowledge, on this day, the things that your sons did not know. For they did not see the chastisements of the Lord your God, his great acts, and powerful hand, and outstretched arm,
11:2. And know ye this day: for [I speak] not with your children which have not known, and which have not seen the chastisement of the LORD your God, his greatness, his mighty hand, and his stretched out arm,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
11:2: And know ... - Render it: And own ye this day (for I have not to do with your children which have not known and which have not seen) the chastisement of the Lord, his greatness, etc.
The "chastisement" consisted in the many mighty acts, both of punishment and mercy, through which God had guided them from Egypt to the borders of the promised land.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:2: And know: Moses seems here to have addressed himself particularly to the elders, who had in their youth witnessed the wonderful works which Jehovah had wrought both for them and among them; and who were bound to remember them for their own warning, and testify them to the rising generation who had not been eye-witnesses. Deu 8:19, Deu 29:10; Pro 22:19; Act 26:22
the chastisement: Deu 8:2-5
his greatness: Deu 5:24, Deu 9:26
his mighty: Deu 7:19
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
11:2
To awaken this love they were now to know, i.e., to ponder and lay to heart, the discipline of the Lord their God. The words from "for (I speak) not" to "have not seen" are a parenthetical clause, by which Moses would impress his words most strongly upon the hearts of the older generation, which had witnessed the acts of the Lord. The clause is without any verb or predicate, but this can easily be supplied from the sense. The best suggestion is that of Schultz, viz., ההוּא הדּבר, "for it is not with your children that I have to do," not to them that this admonition applies. Moses refers to the children who had been born in the desert, as distinguished from those who, though not twenty years old when the Israelites came out of Egypt, had nevertheless seen with their own eyes the plagues inflicted upon Egypt, and who were now of mature age, viz., between forty and sixty years old, and formed, as the older and more experienced generation, the stock and kernel of the congregation assembled round him now. To the words, "which have not known and have not seen," it is easy to supply from the context, "what ye have known and seen." The accusatives from "the chastisement" onwards belong to the verb of the principal sentence, "know ye this day." The accusatives which follow show what we are to understand by "the chastisement of the Lord," viz., the mighty acts of the Lord to Egypt and to Israel in the desert. The object of them all was to educate Israel in the fear and love of God. In this sense Moses calls them מוּסר (Eng. Ver. chastisement), παιδεία, i.e., not punishment only, but education by the manifestation of love as well as punishment (like יסּר in Deut 4:36; cf. Prov 1:2, Prov 1:8; Prov 4:1, etc.). "His greatness," etc., as in Deut 3:24 and Deut 4:34. On the signs and acts in Egypt, see at Deut 4:34; Deut 6:22; and on those at the Red Sea, at Ex 14. פּניהם - הצּיף אשׁר, "over whose face He made the waters of the Red Sea to flow;" cf. Ex 14:26. - By the acts of God in the desert (Deut 11:5) we are not to understand the chastenings in Num 11-15 either solely or pre-eminently, but all the manifestations of the omnipotence of God in the guidance of Israel, proofs of love as well as the penal wonders. Of the latter, the miraculous destruction of the company of Korah is specially mentioned in Deut 11:6 (cf. Num 16:31-33). Here Moses only mentions Dathan and Abiram, the followers of Korah, and not Korah himself, probably from regard to his sons, who were not swallowed up by the earth along with their father, but had lived to perpetuate the family of Korah. "Everything existing, which was in their following" (see Ex 11:8), does not mean their possessions, but their servants, and corresponds to "all the men who belonged to Korah" in Num 16:32, whereas the possessions mentioned there are included here in the "tents." היקוּם is only applied to living beings, as in Gen 7:4 and Gen 7:23. - In Deut 11:7 the reason is given for the admonition in Deut 11:2 : the elders were to know (discern) the educational purpose of God in those mighty acts of the Lord, because they had seen them with their own eyes.
Geneva 1599
11:2 And (a) know ye this day: for [I speak] not with your children which have not known, and which have not seen the chastisement of the LORD your God, his greatness, his mighty hand, and his stretched out arm,
(a) You who have seen God's graces with your eyes should be moved, rather than your children who have only heard of them.
John Gill
11:2 And know you this day,.... Take notice of, and diligently attend unto, what is now about to be delivered:
for I speak not unto your children which have not known, and which have not seen, the chastisement of the Lord your God; who have no knowledge and experience of the chastisement of the Lord on themselves, or on their foes or friends; and with whom the argument drawn from it could not come with that force, and make that impression, as it might be thought it would, being used with them who had perfect knowledge of it. The Targums of Onkelos and Jonathan render it doctrine, which, being children, they were not instructed so perfectly in as they were who were adult persons, to whom Moses directs his discourse:
his greatness, his mighty hand, and stretched out arm: the exceeding greatness of his power, displayed in the following instances.
John Wesley
11:2 Know - That is, acknowledge and consider it with diligence and thankfulness.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:2 I speak not with your children which have not known . . . But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the Lord which he did--Moses is here giving a brief summary of the marvels and miracles of awful judgment which God had wrought in effecting their release from the tyranny of Pharaoh, as well as those which had taken place in the wilderness. He knew that he might dwell upon these, for he was addressing many who had been witnesses of those appalling incidents. For it will be remembered that the divine threatening that they should die in the wilderness, and its execution, extended only to males from twenty years and upward, who were able to go forth to war. No males under twenty years of age, no females, and none of the tribe of Levi, were objects of the denunciation (see Num 14:28-30; Num 16:49). There might, therefore, have been many thousands of the Israelites at that time of whom Moses could say, "Your eyes have seen all the great acts which He did"; and with regard to those the historic review of Moses was well calculated to stir up their minds to the duty and advantages of obedience.
11:311:3: զնշա՛նս նորա եւ զարուեստս՝ զոր արար ՚ի մէջ Եգիպտոսի, ՚ի փարաւոն արքայ Եգիպտացւոց, եւ յամենայն երկիր նորա[1789]։ [1789] Ոմանք. Եւ զնշանս նորա եւ զգործս նորա զոր արար ՚ի մէջ Եգիպտոսի ՚ի փարաւոն արքային Եգ՛՛։
3 նրա նշաններն ու զարմանահրաշ գործերը, որ նա արեց Եգիպտոսում եգիպտացիների արքայ փարաւոնի եւ նրա ամբողջ երկրի հանդէպ:
3 Եգիպտոսի մէջ Եգիպտացիներու Փարաւոն թագաւորին ու անոր բոլոր երկրին վրայ ըրած նշաններն ու գործերը,
զնշանս նորա եւ [192]զարուեստս զոր արար ի մէջ Եգիպտոսի, ի փարաւոն արքայ Եգիպտացւոց եւ յամենայն երկիր նորա:

11:3: զնշա՛նս նորա եւ զարուեստս՝ զոր արար ՚ի մէջ Եգիպտոսի, ՚ի փարաւոն արքայ Եգիպտացւոց, եւ յամենայն երկիր նորա[1789]։
[1789] Ոմանք. Եւ զնշանս նորա եւ զգործս նորա զոր արար ՚ի մէջ Եգիպտոսի ՚ի փարաւոն արքային Եգ՛՛։
3 նրա նշաններն ու զարմանահրաշ գործերը, որ նա արեց Եգիպտոսում եգիպտացիների արքայ փարաւոնի եւ նրա ամբողջ երկրի հանդէպ:
3 Եգիպտոսի մէջ Եգիպտացիներու Փարաւոն թագաւորին ու անոր բոլոր երկրին վրայ ըրած նշաններն ու գործերը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:33: знамения Его и дела Его, которые Он сделал среди Египта с фараоном, царем Египетским, и со всею землею его,
11:3 καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the σημεῖα σημειον sign αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰ ο the τέρατα τερας omen αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos καὶ και and; even πάσῃ πας all; every τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
11:3 וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אֹֽתֹתָיו֙ ʔˈōṯōṯāʸw אֹות sign וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מַעֲשָׂ֔יו maʕᵃśˈāʸw מַעֲשֶׂה deed אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֖ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make בְּ bᵊ בְּ in תֹ֣וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לְ lᵊ לְ to פַרְעֹ֥ה farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole אַרְצֹֽו׃ ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth
11:3. signa et opera quae fecit in medio Aegypti Pharaoni regi et universae terrae eiusThe signs and works which he did in the midst of Egypt to king Pharao, and to all his land,
3. and his signs, and his works, which he did in the midst of Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land;
11:3. the signs and works that he did in the midst of Egypt, to Pharaoh, the king, and to his entire land,
11:3. And his miracles, and his acts, which he did in the midst of Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land;
And his miracles, and his acts, which he did in the midst of Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land:

3: знамения Его и дела Его, которые Он сделал среди Египта с фараоном, царем Египетским, и со всею землею его,
11:3
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
σημεῖα σημειον sign
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰ ο the
τέρατα τερας omen
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
Φαραω φαραω Pharaō; Farao
βασιλεῖ βασιλευς monarch; king
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
καὶ και and; even
πάσῃ πας all; every
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
11:3
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אֹֽתֹתָיו֙ ʔˈōṯōṯāʸw אֹות sign
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מַעֲשָׂ֔יו maʕᵃśˈāʸw מַעֲשֶׂה deed
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֖ה ʕāśˌā עשׂה make
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
תֹ֣וךְ ṯˈôḵ תָּוֶךְ midst
מִצְרָ֑יִם miṣrˈāyim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לְ lᵊ לְ to
פַרְעֹ֥ה farʕˌō פַּרְעֹה pharaoh
מֶֽלֶךְ־ mˈeleḵ- מֶלֶךְ king
מִצְרַ֖יִם miṣrˌayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
אַרְצֹֽו׃ ʔarṣˈô אֶרֶץ earth
11:3. signa et opera quae fecit in medio Aegypti Pharaoni regi et universae terrae eius
The signs and works which he did in the midst of Egypt to king Pharao, and to all his land,
11:3. the signs and works that he did in the midst of Egypt, to Pharaoh, the king, and to his entire land,
11:3. And his miracles, and his acts, which he did in the midst of Egypt unto Pharaoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:3: Deu 4:34, Deu 7:19; Psa 78:12, Psa 78:13, Psa 105:27-45, Psa 135:9; Jer 32:20, Jer 32:21
John Gill
11:3 And his miracles, and his acts, which he did in the midst of Egypt,.... The miraculous works done there, the ten plagues inflicted on the Egyptians for refusing to let Israel go:
unto Pharaoh king, of Egypt, and unto all his land; for those plagues not only affected him and his court, and his metropolis, but all parts of the land, the inhabitants of it everywhere.
11:411:4: Եւ զոր ինչ արա՛ր ընդ զօրսն Եգիպտացւոց. զկառս նոցա եւ զերիվարս իւրեանց. ո՞րպէս ծփեաց զջուրս Կարմիր ծովուն ՚ի վերայ երեսաց նոցա, ՚ի յարձակե՛լ նոցա զկնի մեր. կորո՛յս զնոսա Տէր մինչեւ ցա՛յսօր ժամանակի.
4 Նաեւ այն, թէ Տէրն ինչ բերեց եգիպտացիների զօրքերի, նրանց կառքերի ու երիվարների գլխին, թէ ինչպէս նրանց ջրասոյզ արեց Կարմիր ծովի մէջ, երբ սրանք յարձակւում էին մեր թիկունքից, եւ անհետացրեց նրանց յաւիտեան:
4 Ինչ որ ըրաւ Եգիպտացիներու զօրքերուն, ձիերուն ու կառքերուն, երբ անոնք ձեր ետեւէն ինկան, ի՛նչպէս Տէրը Կարմիր ծովուն ջուրերը անոնց վրայ դարձուց* ու զանոնք կորսնցուց
եւ զոր ինչ արար ընդ զօրսն Եգիպտացւոց, [193]զկառս նոցա եւ զերիվարս իւրեանց``. ո՛րպէս ծփեաց զջուրս Կարմիր ծովուն ի վերայ երեսաց նոցա ի յարձակել նոցա զկնի [194]մեր, կորոյս զնոսա Տէր մինչեւ ցայսօր ժամանակի:

11:4: Եւ զոր ինչ արա՛ր ընդ զօրսն Եգիպտացւոց. զկառս նոցա եւ զերիվարս իւրեանց. ո՞րպէս ծփեաց զջուրս Կարմիր ծովուն ՚ի վերայ երեսաց նոցա, ՚ի յարձակե՛լ նոցա զկնի մեր. կորո՛յս զնոսա Տէր մինչեւ ցա՛յսօր ժամանակի.
4 Նաեւ այն, թէ Տէրն ինչ բերեց եգիպտացիների զօրքերի, նրանց կառքերի ու երիվարների գլխին, թէ ինչպէս նրանց ջրասոյզ արեց Կարմիր ծովի մէջ, երբ սրանք յարձակւում էին մեր թիկունքից, եւ անհետացրեց նրանց յաւիտեան:
4 Ինչ որ ըրաւ Եգիպտացիներու զօրքերուն, ձիերուն ու կառքերուն, երբ անոնք ձեր ետեւէն ինկան, ի՛նչպէս Տէրը Կարմիր ծովուն ջուրերը անոնց վրայ դարձուց* ու զանոնք կորսնցուց
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:44: и что Он сделал с войском Египетским, с конями его и колесницами его, которых Он потопил в водах Чермного моря, когда они гнались за вами, --и погубил их Господь даже до сего дня;
11:4 καὶ και and; even ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make τὴν ο the δύναμιν δυναμις power; ability τῶν ο the Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian τὰ ο the ἅρματα αρμα chariot αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὴν ο the ἵππον ιππος horse αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ὡς ως.1 as; how ἐπέκλυσεν επικλυζω the ὕδωρ υδωρ water τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea τῆς ο the ἐρυθρᾶς ερυθρος red ἐπὶ επι in; on προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καταδιωκόντων καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐκ εκ from; out of τῶν ο the ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ἀπώλεσεν απολλυμι destroy; lose αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him κύριος κυριος lord; master ἕως εως till; until τῆς ο the σήμερον σημερον today; present ἡμέρας ημερα day
11:4 וַ wa וְ and אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂה֩ ʕāśˌā עשׂה make לְ lᵊ לְ to חֵ֨יל ḥˌêl חַיִל power מִצְרַ֜יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt לְ lᵊ לְ to סוּסָ֣יו sûsˈāʸw סוּס horse וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to רִכְבֹּ֗ו riḵbˈô רֶכֶב chariot אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] הֵצִ֜יף hēṣˈîf צוף flow אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] מֵ֤י mˈê מַיִם water יַם־ yam- יָם sea סוּף֙ sûf סוּף rush עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם pᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רָדְפָ֖ם rāḏᵊfˌām רדף pursue אַחֲרֵיכֶ֑ם ʔaḥᵃrêḵˈem אַחַר after וַ wa וְ and יְאַבְּדֵ֣ם yᵊʔabbᵊḏˈēm אבד perish יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
11:4. omnique exercitui Aegyptiorum et equis ac curribus quomodo operuerint eos aquae Rubri maris cum vos persequerentur et deleverit eos Dominus usque in praesentem diemAnd to all the host of the Egyptians, and to their horses and chariots: how the waters of the Red Sea covered them, when they pursued you, and how the Lord destroyed them until this present day:
4. and what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots; how he made the water of the Red Sea to overflow them as they pursued after you, and how the LORD hath destroyed them unto this day;
11:4. and to the entire army of the Egyptians, and to their horses and chariots: how the waters of the Red Sea covered them as they were pursuing you, and how the Lord wiped them away, even to the present day;
11:4. And what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots; how he made the water of the Red sea to overflow them as they pursued after you, and [how] the LORD hath destroyed them unto this day;
And what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots; how he made the water of the Red sea to overflow them as they pursued after you, and [how] the LORD hath destroyed them unto this day:

4: и что Он сделал с войском Египетским, с конями его и колесницами его, которых Он потопил в водах Чермного моря, когда они гнались за вами, --и погубил их Господь даже до сего дня;
11:4
καὶ και and; even
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
τὴν ο the
δύναμιν δυναμις power; ability
τῶν ο the
Αἰγυπτίων αιγυπτιος Egyptian
τὰ ο the
ἅρματα αρμα chariot
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὴν ο the
ἵππον ιππος horse
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ὡς ως.1 as; how
ἐπέκλυσεν επικλυζω the
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
τῆς ο the
ἐρυθρᾶς ερυθρος red
ἐπὶ επι in; on
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καταδιωκόντων καταδιωκω hunt down; drive hard
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τῶν ο the
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ἀπώλεσεν απολλυμι destroy; lose
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἕως εως till; until
τῆς ο the
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ἡμέρας ημερα day
11:4
וַ wa וְ and
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂה֩ ʕāśˌā עשׂה make
לְ lᵊ לְ to
חֵ֨יל ḥˌêl חַיִל power
מִצְרַ֜יִם miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
לְ lᵊ לְ to
סוּסָ֣יו sûsˈāʸw סוּס horse
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִכְבֹּ֗ו riḵbˈô רֶכֶב chariot
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
הֵצִ֜יף hēṣˈîf צוף flow
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
מֵ֤י mˈê מַיִם water
יַם־ yam- יָם sea
סוּף֙ sûf סוּף rush
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵיהֶ֔ם pᵊnêhˈem פָּנֶה face
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רָדְפָ֖ם rāḏᵊfˌām רדף pursue
אַחֲרֵיכֶ֑ם ʔaḥᵃrêḵˈem אַחַר after
וַ wa וְ and
יְאַבְּדֵ֣ם yᵊʔabbᵊḏˈēm אבד perish
יְהוָ֔ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֥ום yyˌôm יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
11:4. omnique exercitui Aegyptiorum et equis ac curribus quomodo operuerint eos aquae Rubri maris cum vos persequerentur et deleverit eos Dominus usque in praesentem diem
And to all the host of the Egyptians, and to their horses and chariots: how the waters of the Red Sea covered them, when they pursued you, and how the Lord destroyed them until this present day:
11:4. and to the entire army of the Egyptians, and to their horses and chariots: how the waters of the Red Sea covered them as they were pursuing you, and how the Lord wiped them away, even to the present day;
11:4. And what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots; how he made the water of the Red sea to overflow them as they pursued after you, and [how] the LORD hath destroyed them unto this day;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:4: how he made: Exo 14:23-31, Exo 15:4, Exo 15:9, Exo 15:10, Exo 15:19; Psa 106:11; Heb 11:29
John Gill
11:4 And what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots,.... At the Red sea, when they pursued Israel in order to bring them back or destroy them, after they had let them go, which army was very numerous; see Ex 14:7.
how he made the water of the Red sea to overflow them; "or to flow over their faces" (b):
as they pursued after you; so that they could not see their way, nor steer their course after them; and not only so, but were covered with the waters of the sea, drowned in them, and sunk to the bottom of them: and how the Lord hath destroyed them unto this day; either continued to destroy them yet more and more by one means or another; or else the destruction made by the several plagues upon them, and particularly that of their army at the Red sea, which was the strength and glory of the nation, was so general and extensive, that they never recovered it to that day; and so were in no capacity of coming out against them, and attacking them, and doing them any hurt, all the forty years they had been in the wilderness; of which no doubt they had knowledge, and of their condition and circumstances there.
(b) "fecit inundare super facics eorum", Pagninus, Junius & Tremellius, Piscator.
John Wesley
11:4 Unto this day - The effect of which destruction continueth to this day, in their weakness and fear, and our safety from their farther attempts against us.
11:511:5: եւ զոր ինչ արա՛ր ձեզ յանապատի անդ, մինչեւ եկիք ՚ի տեղիս յայս։
5 Նաեւ այն, թէ ինչ արեց ձեզ համար անապատում, մինչեւ որ եկաք այս վայրը: Նաեւ այն,
5 Եւ ինչ որ ըրաւ ձեզի անապատին մէջ, մինչեւ ձեր հոս գալը,
եւ զոր ինչ արար ձեզ յանապատի անդ, մինչեւ եկիք ի տեղիս յայս:

11:5: եւ զոր ինչ արա՛ր ձեզ յանապատի անդ, մինչեւ եկիք ՚ի տեղիս յայս։
5 Նաեւ այն, թէ ինչ արեց ձեզ համար անապատում, մինչեւ որ եկաք այս վայրը: Նաեւ այն,
5 Եւ ինչ որ ըրաւ ձեզի անապատին մէջ, մինչեւ ձեր հոս գալը,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:55: и что Он делал для вас в пустыне, доколе вы не дошли до места сего,
11:5 καὶ και and; even ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make ὑμῖν υμιν you ἐν εν in τῇ ο the ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness ἕως εως till; until ἤλθετε ερχομαι come; go εἰς εις into; for τὸν ο the τόπον τοπος place; locality τοῦτον ουτος this; he
11:5 וַ wa וְ and אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֛ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to בַּ ba בְּ in † הַ the מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto בֹּאֲכֶ֖ם bōʔᵃḵˌem בוא come עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto הַ ha הַ the מָּקֹ֥ום mmāqˌôm מָקֹום place הַ ha הַ the זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
11:5. vobisque quae fecerit in solitudine donec veniretis ad hunc locumAnd what he hath done to you in the wilderness, til you came to this place:
5. and what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came unto this place;
11:5. and the things that he accomplished for you in the wilderness, until you arrived at this place;
11:5. And what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came into this place;
And what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came into this place:

5: и что Он делал для вас в пустыне, доколе вы не дошли до места сего,
11:5
καὶ και and; even
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἐν εν in
τῇ ο the
ἐρήμῳ ερημος lonesome; wilderness
ἕως εως till; until
ἤλθετε ερχομαι come; go
εἰς εις into; for
τὸν ο the
τόπον τοπος place; locality
τοῦτον ουτος this; he
11:5
וַ wa וְ and
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֛ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make
לָכֶ֖ם lāḵˌem לְ to
בַּ ba בְּ in
הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֑ר mmiḏbˈār מִדְבָּר desert
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
בֹּאֲכֶ֖ם bōʔᵃḵˌem בוא come
עַד־ ʕaḏ- עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
מָּקֹ֥ום mmāqˌôm מָקֹום place
הַ ha הַ the
זֶּֽה׃ zzˈeh זֶה this
11:5. vobisque quae fecerit in solitudine donec veniretis ad hunc locum
And what he hath done to you in the wilderness, til you came to this place:
11:5. and the things that he accomplished for you in the wilderness, until you arrived at this place;
11:5. And what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came into this place;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:5: Psa 77:20, Psa 78:14-72, Psa 105:39-41, Psa 106:12-48
Geneva 1599
11:5 And (b) what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came into this place;
(b) As well concerning his benefits, as his corrections.
John Gill
11:5 And what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came unto this place. Meaning not so much the good things he did for them in divers places, as the chastisements and corrections he had exercised them with for their murmurings, rebellions, idolatry, and uncleanness, as at Taberah, Kibrothhattaavah, on the coast of Edom, and plains of Moab; by fire, by sword, by plagues, and fiery serpents; the instances both before and after being of this sort.
11:611:6: Եւ զոր ինչ արար ընդ Դաթան եւ ընդ Աբիրոն՝ ընդ որդիս Եղիաբու որդւոյ Ռուբինի, որոց բացեալ երկիր զբերան իւր եկո՛ւլ զնոսա, եւ զտունս նոցա, եւ զվրանս նոցա. եւ զամենայն ինչս նոցա ընդ նոսա ՚ի միջոյ ամենայն Իսրայէլի[1790]։ [1790] Այլք. Որոց բացեալ երկրի զբե՛՛։
6 թէ ինչ բերեց Դաթանի ու Աբիրոնի գլխին, որոնք Ռուբէնի ցեղից Եղիաբի որդիներն էին, թէ ինչպէս երկիրն իր երախը բանալով կուլ տուեց նրանց, նրանց տներն ու վրանները, նրանց հետ եւ այն ամէնը, ինչ ունէին ամբողջ Իսրայէլում:
6 Ինչ որ Ռուբէնեան Եղիաբին որդիներուն, Դաթանին ու Աբիրոնին ըրաւ. ի՛նչպէս երկիրը իր բերանը բացաւ ու զանոնք իրենց ընտանիքներովը, իրենց վրաններովն ու իրենց ամէն ստացուածքովը Իսրայէլի մէջէն կլլեց։
եւ զոր ինչ արար ընդ Դաթան եւ ընդ Աբիրոն, ընդ որդիս Եղիաբու որդւոյ Ռուբենի, որոց բացեալ երկրի զբերան իւր եկուլ զնոսա եւ զտունս նոցա եւ զվրանս նոցա, եւ զամենայն ինչս նոցա ընդ նոսա ի միջոյ ամենայն Իսրայելի:

11:6: Եւ զոր ինչ արար ընդ Դաթան եւ ընդ Աբիրոն՝ ընդ որդիս Եղիաբու որդւոյ Ռուբինի, որոց բացեալ երկիր զբերան իւր եկո՛ւլ զնոսա, եւ զտունս նոցա, եւ զվրանս նոցա. եւ զամենայն ինչս նոցա ընդ նոսա ՚ի միջոյ ամենայն Իսրայէլի[1790]։
[1790] Այլք. Որոց բացեալ երկրի զբե՛՛։
6 թէ ինչ բերեց Դաթանի ու Աբիրոնի գլխին, որոնք Ռուբէնի ցեղից Եղիաբի որդիներն էին, թէ ինչպէս երկիրն իր երախը բանալով կուլ տուեց նրանց, նրանց տներն ու վրանները, նրանց հետ եւ այն ամէնը, ինչ ունէին ամբողջ Իսրայէլում:
6 Ինչ որ Ռուբէնեան Եղիաբին որդիներուն, Դաթանին ու Աբիրոնին ըրաւ. ի՛նչպէս երկիրը իր բերանը բացաւ ու զանոնք իրենց ընտանիքներովը, իրենց վրաններովն ու իրենց ամէն ստացուածքովը Իսրայէլի մէջէն կլլեց։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:66: и что Он сделал с Дафаном и Авироном, сынами Елиава, сына Рувимова, когда земля разверзла уста свои и среди всего Израиля поглотила их и семейства их, и шатры их, и все имущество их, которое было у них;
11:6 καὶ και and; even ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make τῷ ο the Δαθαν δαθαν and; even Αβιρων αβιρων son Ελιαβ ελιαβ son Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben οὓς ος who; what ἀνοίξασα ανοιγω open up ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land τὸ ο the στόμα στομα mouth; edge αὐτῆς αυτος he; him κατέπιεν καταπινω swallow; consume αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τοὺς ο the οἴκους οικος home; household αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the σκηνὰς σκηνη tent αὐτῶν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even πᾶσαν πας all; every αὐτῶν αυτος he; him τὴν ο the ὑπόστασιν υποστασις essence; substructure τὴν ο the μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτῶν αυτος he; him ἐν εν in μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle παντὸς πας all; every Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
11:6 וַ wa וְ and אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָׂ֜ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make לְ lᵊ לְ to דָתָ֣ן ḏāṯˈān דָּתָן Dathan וְ wᵊ וְ and לַ la לְ to אֲבִירָ֗ם ʔᵃvîrˈām אֲבִירָם Abiram בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son אֱלִיאָב֮ ʔᵉlîʔāv אֱלִיאָב Eliab בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son רְאוּבֵן֒ rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] פָּצְתָ֤ה pāṣᵊṯˈā פצה open הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] פִּ֔יהָ pˈîhā פֶּה mouth וַ wa וְ and תִּבְלָעֵ֥ם ttivlāʕˌēm בלע swallow וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בָּתֵּיהֶ֖ם bāttêhˌem בַּיִת house וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] אָהֳלֵיהֶ֑ם ʔohᵒlêhˈem אֹהֶל tent וְ wᵊ וְ and אֵ֤ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the יְקוּם֙ yᵊqûm יְקוּם substance אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] בְּ bᵊ בְּ in רַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם raḡlêhˈem רֶגֶל foot בְּ bᵊ בְּ in קֶ֖רֶב qˌerev קֶרֶב interior כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
11:6. et Dathan atque Abiram filiis Heliab qui fuit filius Ruben quos aperto ore suo terra absorbuit cum domibus et tabernaculis et universa substantia eorum quam habebant in medio IsrahelisAnd to Dathan and Abiron the sons of Eliab, who was the son of Ruben: whom the earth, opening her mouth swallowed up with their households and tents, and all their substance, which they had in the midst of Israel.
6. and what he did unto Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben; how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their households, and their tents, and every living thing that followed them, in the midst of all Israel:
11:6. and to Dathan and Abiram, sons of Eliab, who was the son of Reuben, those whom the earth, opening its mouth, engulfed with their households and tents, and with their entire substance which they had in the midst of Israel.
11:6. And what he did unto Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben: how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their households, and their tents, and all the substance that [was] in their possession, in the midst of all Israel:
And what he did unto Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben: how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their households, and their tents, and all the substance that [was] in their possession, in the midst of all Israel:

6: и что Он сделал с Дафаном и Авироном, сынами Елиава, сына Рувимова, когда земля разверзла уста свои и среди всего Израиля поглотила их и семейства их, и шатры их, и все имущество их, которое было у них;
11:6
καὶ και and; even
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
τῷ ο the
Δαθαν δαθαν and; even
Αβιρων αβιρων son
Ελιαβ ελιαβ son
Ρουβην ρουβην Reuben
οὓς ος who; what
ἀνοίξασα ανοιγω open up
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
τὸ ο the
στόμα στομα mouth; edge
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
κατέπιεν καταπινω swallow; consume
αὐτοὺς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τοὺς ο the
οἴκους οικος home; household
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
σκηνὰς σκηνη tent
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
πᾶσαν πας all; every
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
τὴν ο the
ὑπόστασιν υποστασις essence; substructure
τὴν ο the
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
ἐν εν in
μέσῳ μεσος in the midst; in the middle
παντὸς πας all; every
Ισραηλ ισραηλ.1 Israel
11:6
וַ wa וְ and
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָׂ֜ה ʕāśˈā עשׂה make
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דָתָ֣ן ḏāṯˈān דָּתָן Dathan
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לַ la לְ to
אֲבִירָ֗ם ʔᵃvîrˈām אֲבִירָם Abiram
בְּנֵ֣י bᵊnˈê בֵּן son
אֱלִיאָב֮ ʔᵉlîʔāv אֱלִיאָב Eliab
בֶּן־ ben- בֵּן son
רְאוּבֵן֒ rᵊʔûvˌēn רְאוּבֵן Reuben
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
פָּצְתָ֤ה pāṣᵊṯˈā פצה open
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
פִּ֔יהָ pˈîhā פֶּה mouth
וַ wa וְ and
תִּבְלָעֵ֥ם ttivlāʕˌēm בלע swallow
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בָּתֵּיהֶ֖ם bāttêhˌem בַּיִת house
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
אָהֳלֵיהֶ֑ם ʔohᵒlêhˈem אֹהֶל tent
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֵ֤ת ʔˈēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
יְקוּם֙ yᵊqûm יְקוּם substance
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
רַגְלֵיהֶ֔ם raḡlêhˈem רֶגֶל foot
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
קֶ֖רֶב qˌerev קֶרֶב interior
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
יִשְׂרָאֵֽל׃ yiśrāʔˈēl יִשְׂרָאֵל Israel
11:6. et Dathan atque Abiram filiis Heliab qui fuit filius Ruben quos aperto ore suo terra absorbuit cum domibus et tabernaculis et universa substantia eorum quam habebant in medio Israhelis
And to Dathan and Abiron the sons of Eliab, who was the son of Ruben: whom the earth, opening her mouth swallowed up with their households and tents, and all their substance, which they had in the midst of Israel.
11:6. and to Dathan and Abiram, sons of Eliab, who was the son of Reuben, those whom the earth, opening its mouth, engulfed with their households and tents, and with their entire substance which they had in the midst of Israel.
11:6. And what he did unto Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben: how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up, and their households, and their tents, and all the substance that [was] in their possession, in the midst of all Israel:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:6: What he did unto Dathan, etc. - See the notes on Numbers 16 (note).
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
11:6: See the margin. literally, "every living thing at their feet." The expression does not mean their goods, which would be included in their "households and tents," but their followers Num 16:32.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:6: he did unto: Num 16:1, Num 16:31-33, Num 26:9, Num 26:10, Num 27:3; Psa 106:17
substance: or, living substance which followed them
in their possession: Heb. at their feet
John Gill
11:6 And what he did unto Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben,.... When they with Korah and his company quarrelled with Moses and Aaron about the priesthood, Num 16:1, how the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed them up; the history of which see in Num 16:30.
and their households and their tents; not their houses and their tents, as the Septuagint and some other versions; for though the word signifies houses, and is often used for them, yet here it must signify families, their wives, and children; since they had no houses, but dwelt in tents, all which were swallowed up with them:
and all the substance that was in their possession; gold, silver, cattle, household goods, and whatever they were possessed of:
or was at their feet (c); or which followed them, their living creatures; or was for them, as Aben Ezra interprets it; for, their use, service, and necessity: and this was done
in the midst of all Israel; openly and publicly, they beholding it, as follows; and therefore should be rendered, "before all Israel" (d); and, besides, the tents of Dathan and Abiram, Reubenites, were not in the midst of Israel.
(c) "quae erat in pedibus eorum", Pagninus, Montanus, Vatablus. (d) "coram omni Israele", Noldius, p. 212. No. 975.
11:711:7: Զի ձե՛ր իսկ աչք տեսին զամենայն զգործս Տեառն զմեծամե՛ծս զոր արա՛ր ՚ի ձեզ մինչեւ ցայսօր[1791]։ [1791] Ոմանք. Զոր արար ձեզ մինչեւ։
7 Խօսքը վերաբերում է ձեզ, քանի որ ձեր աչքերով իսկ տեսաք Տիրոջ բոլոր մեծամեծ գործերը, որ նա արեց ձեր մէջ մինչեւ այսօր»:
7 Սակայն Տէրոջը ըրած բոլոր մեծ գործերը ձեր աչքերը տեսան։
Զի ձեր իսկ աչք տեսին զամենայն զգործս Տեառն զմեծամեծս զոր արար [195]ի ձեզ մինչեւ ցայսօր:

11:7: Զի ձե՛ր իսկ աչք տեսին զամենայն զգործս Տեառն զմեծամե՛ծս զոր արա՛ր ՚ի ձեզ մինչեւ ցայսօր[1791]։
[1791] Ոմանք. Զոր արար ձեզ մինչեւ։
7 Խօսքը վերաբերում է ձեզ, քանի որ ձեր աչքերով իսկ տեսաք Տիրոջ բոլոր մեծամեծ գործերը, որ նա արեց ձեր մէջ մինչեւ այսօր»:
7 Սակայն Տէրոջը ըրած բոլոր մեծ գործերը ձեր աչքերը տեսան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:77: ибо глаза ваши видели все великие дела Господа, которые Он сделал.
11:7 ὅτι οτι since; that οἱ ο the ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight ὑμῶν υμων your ἑώρακαν οραω view; see πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the ἔργα εργον work κυρίου κυριος lord; master τὰ ο the μεγάλα μεγας great; loud ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make ὑμῖν υμιν you σήμερον σημερον today; present
11:7 כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ ʕˈênêḵem עַיִן eye הָֽ hˈā הַ the רֹאֹ֔ת rōʔˈōṯ ראה see אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה maʕᵃśˌē מַעֲשֶׂה deed יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH הַ ha הַ the גָּדֹ֑ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] עָשָֽׂה׃ ʕāśˈā עשׂה make
11:7. oculi vestri viderunt omnia opera Domini magna quae fecitYour eyes have seen all the great works of the Lord, that he hath done,
7. but your eyes have seen all the great work of the LORD which he did.
11:7. Your eyes have seen all the great works of the Lord, which he has accomplished,
11:7. But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the LORD which he did.
But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the LORD which he did:

7: ибо глаза ваши видели все великие дела Господа, которые Он сделал.
11:7
ὅτι οτι since; that
οἱ ο the
ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἑώρακαν οραω view; see
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
ἔργα εργον work
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τὰ ο the
μεγάλα μεγας great; loud
ὅσα οσος as much as; as many as
ἐποίησεν ποιεω do; make
ὑμῖν υμιν you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
11:7
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
עֵֽינֵיכֶם֙ ʕˈênêḵem עַיִן eye
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
רֹאֹ֔ת rōʔˈōṯ ראה see
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
מַעֲשֵׂ֥ה maʕᵃśˌē מַעֲשֶׂה deed
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
הַ ha הַ the
גָּדֹ֑ל ggāḏˈōl גָּדֹול great
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
עָשָֽׂה׃ ʕāśˈā עשׂה make
11:7. oculi vestri viderunt omnia opera Domini magna quae fecit
Your eyes have seen all the great works of the Lord, that he hath done,
11:7. Your eyes have seen all the great works of the Lord, which he has accomplished,
11:7. But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the LORD which he did.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
7: Многие из евреев, в возрасте от 50: лет и выше, могли ясно помнить обстоятельства выхода народа из Египта, а тем более — возмущение Корея и его сообщников (ср. однако Втор II:14).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:7: Deu 5:3, Deu 7:19; Psa 106:2, Psa 145:4-6, Psa 145:12, Psa 150:2
John Gill
11:7 But your eyes have seen all the great acts of the Lord which he did; Even all before related, with many others; and therefore the instruction they should learn from thence should be as follows.
John Wesley
11:7 Your eyes have seen - All of them had seen some, and some of them had seen all the great things done in Egypt and at the Red - sea, and in the Wilderness. What our eyes have seen, especially in our early days, should be improved by us long after.
11:811:8: Եւ պահեցէ՛ք զամենայն պատուիրանս նորա զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր. զի կեցէք եւ բազմապատի՛կք լինիցիք. եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգիցէ՛ք զերկիրն, յոր դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան ժառանգե՛լ զնա[1792]։ [1792] Ոսկան. Զի կեցջիք եւ բազ՛՛... եւ ժառան՛՛։
8 «Պահեցէ՛ք, ուրեմն, նրա բոլոր պատուիրանները, որ ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ, որպէսզի ապրէք, բազմանաք, մտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, դէպի ուր անցնում էք Յորդանան գետով,
8 «Ուրեմն ձեզի պահեցէք այն ամէն պատուիրանքները, որոնք ես այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ, որպէս զի զօրանաք ու մտնէք այն երկիրը, ուր կ’երթաք զանիկա ժառանգելու։
Եւ պահեցէք զամենայն պատուիրանս [196]նորա զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր, զի [197]կեցջիք եւ բազմապատիկք լինիցիք``, եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգիցէք զերկիրն, յոր դուք անցանէք [198]ընդ Յորդանան`` ժառանգել զնա:

11:8: Եւ պահեցէ՛ք զամենայն պատուիրանս նորա զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր. զի կեցէք եւ բազմապատի՛կք լինիցիք. եւ մտանիցէք ժառանգիցէ՛ք զերկիրն, յոր դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան ժառանգե՛լ զնա[1792]։
[1792] Ոսկան. Զի կեցջիք եւ բազ՛՛... եւ ժառան՛՛։
8 «Պահեցէ՛ք, ուրեմն, նրա բոլոր պատուիրանները, որ ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ, որպէսզի ապրէք, բազմանաք, մտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, դէպի ուր անցնում էք Յորդանան գետով,
8 «Ուրեմն ձեզի պահեցէք այն ամէն պատուիրանքները, որոնք ես այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ, որպէս զի զօրանաք ու մտնէք այն երկիրը, ուր կ’երթաք զանիկա ժառանգելու։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:88: Итак соблюдайте все заповеди [Его], которые я заповедую вам сегодня, дабы вы укрепились и пошли и овладели землею, в которую вы переходите, чтоб овладеть ею;
11:8 καὶ και and; even φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin σοι σοι you σήμερον σημερον today; present ἵνα ινα so; that ζῆτε ζαω live; alive καὶ και and; even πολυπλασιασθῆτε πολυπλασιαζω and; even εἰσελθόντες εισερχομαι enter; go in κληρονομήσητε κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what ὑμεῖς υμεις you διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ἐκεῖ εκει there κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him
11:8 וּ û וְ and שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ šᵊmartˌem שׁמר keep אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מִּצְוָ֔ה mmiṣwˈā מִצְוָה commandment אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֥י ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוְּךָ֖ mᵊṣawwᵊḵˌā צוה command הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day לְמַ֣עַן lᵊmˈaʕan לְמַעַן because of תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ teḥezqˈû חזק be strong וּ û וְ and בָאתֶם֙ vāṯˌem בוא come וִֽ wˈi וְ and ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
11:8. ut custodiatis universa mandata illius quae ego hodie praecipio vobis et possitis introire et possidere terram ad quam ingrediminiThat you may keep all his commandments, which I command you this day, and may go in, and possess the land, to which you are entering,
8. Therefore shall ye keep all the commandment which I command thee this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possess the land, whither ye go over to possess it;
11:8. so that you would keep all his commandments, which I entrust to you this day, and so that you would be able to enter and possess the land, toward which you are advancing,
11:8. Therefore shall ye keep all the commandments which I command you this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possess the land, whither ye go to possess it;
Therefore shall ye keep all the commandments which I command you this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possess the land, whither ye go to possess it:

8: Итак соблюдайте все заповеди [Его], которые я заповедую вам сегодня, дабы вы укрепились и пошли и овладели землею, в которую вы переходите, чтоб овладеть ею;
11:8
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
σοι σοι you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ἵνα ινα so; that
ζῆτε ζαω live; alive
καὶ και and; even
πολυπλασιασθῆτε πολυπλασιαζω and; even
εἰσελθόντες εισερχομαι enter; go in
κληρονομήσητε κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
11:8
וּ û וְ and
שְׁמַרְתֶּם֙ šᵊmartˌem שׁמר keep
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מִּצְוָ֔ה mmiṣwˈā מִצְוָה commandment
אֲשֶׁ֛ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֥י ʔānōḵˌî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוְּךָ֖ mᵊṣawwᵊḵˌā צוה command
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day
לְמַ֣עַן lᵊmˈaʕan לְמַעַן because of
תֶּחֶזְק֗וּ teḥezqˈû חזק be strong
וּ û וְ and
בָאתֶם֙ vāṯˌem בוא come
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּ֛ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass
שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּֽהּ׃ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
11:8. ut custodiatis universa mandata illius quae ego hodie praecipio vobis et possitis introire et possidere terram ad quam ingredimini
That you may keep all his commandments, which I command you this day, and may go in, and possess the land, to which you are entering,
11:8. so that you would keep all his commandments, which I entrust to you this day, and so that you would be able to enter and possess the land, toward which you are advancing,
11:8. Therefore shall ye keep all the commandments which I command you this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possess the land, whither ye go to possess it;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ kad▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
8 Therefore shall ye keep all the commandments which I command you this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possess the land, whither ye go to possess it; 9 And that ye may prolong your days in the land, which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed, a land that floweth with milk and honey. 10 For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs: 11 But the land, whither ye go to possess it, is a land of hills and valleys, and drinketh water of the rain of heaven: 12 A land which the LORD thy God careth for: the eyes of the LORD thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year. 13 And it shall come to pass, if ye shall hearken diligently unto my commandments which I command you this day, to love the LORD your God, and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul, 14 That I will give you the rain of your land in his due season, the first rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil. 15 And I will send grass in thy fields for thy cattle, that thou mayest eat and be full. 16 Take heed to yourselves, that your heart be not deceived, and ye turn aside, and serve other gods, and worship them; 17 And then the LORD's wrath be kindled against you, and he shut up the heaven, that there be no rain, and that the land yield not her fruit; and lest ye perish quickly from off the good land which the LORD giveth you.
Still Moses urges the same subject, as loth to conclude till he had gained his point. "If thou wilt enter into life, if thou wilt enter into Canaan, a type of that life, and find it a good land indeed to thee, keep the commandments: Keep all the commandments which I command you this day; love God, and serve him with all your heart."
I. Because this was the way to get and keep possession of the promised land. 1. It was the way to get possession (v. 8): That you may be strong for war, and so go in and possess it. So little did they know either of hardship or hazard in the wars of Canaan that he does not say they should go in and fight for it; no, they had nothing in effect to do but go in and possess it. He does not go about to teach them the art of war, how to draw the bow, and use the sword, and keep ranks, that they might be strong, and go in and possess the land; no, but let them keep God's commandments, and their religion, while they are true to it, will be their strength, and secure their success. (2.) It was the way to keep possession (v. 9): That you may prolong your days in this land that your eye is upon. Sin tends to the shortening of the days of particular persons and to the shortening of the days of a people's prosperity; but obedience will be a lengthening out of their tranquillity.
II. Because the land of Canaan, into which they were going, had a more sensible dependence upon the blessing of heaven than the land of Egypt had, v. 10-12. Egypt was a country fruitful enough, but it was all flat, and was watered, not as other countries with rain (it is said of Egypt, Zech. xiv. 18, that it has no rain), but by the overflowing of the river Nile at a certain season of the year, to the improving of which there was necessary a great deal of the art and labour of the husbandman, so that in Egypt a man must bestow as much cost and pains upon a field as upon a garden of herbs. And this made them the more apt to imagine that the power of their own hands got them this wealth. But the land of Canaan was an uneven country, a land of hills and valleys, which not only gave a more pleasing prospect to the eye, but yielded a greater variety of soils for the several purposes of the husbandman. It was a land that had no great rivers in it, except Jordan, but drank water of the rain of heaven, and so, 1. Saved them a great deal of labour. While the Egyptians were ditching and guttering in the fields, up to the knees in mud, to bring water to their land, which otherwise would soon become like the heath in the wilderness, the Israelites could sit in their houses, warm and easy, and leave it to God to water their land with the former and the latter rain, which is called the river of God (Ps. lxv. 9), perhaps in allusion to, and contempt of, the river of Egypt, which that nation was so proud of. Note, The better God has provided, by our outward condition, for our ease and convenience, the more we should abound in his service: the less we have to do for our bodies the more we should do for God and our souls. 2. So he directed them to look upwards to God, who giveth us rain form heaven and fruitful seasons (Acts xiv. 17), and promised to be himself as the dew unto Israel, Hos. xiv. 5. Note, (1.) Mercies bring with them the greatest comfort and sweetness when we see them coming from heaven, the immediate gifts of divine Providence. (2.) The closer dependence we have upon God the more cheerful we should be in our obedience to him. See how Moses here magnifies the land of Canaan above all other lands, that the eyes of God were always upon it, that is, they should be so, to see that nothing was wanting, while they kept close to God and duty; its fruitfulness should be not so much the happy effect of its soil as the immediate fruit of the divine blessing; this may be inferred from its present state, for it is said to be at this day, now that God has departed from it, as barren a spot of ground as perhaps any under heaven. Call it not Naomi: call it Marah.
III. Because God would certainly bless them with an abundance of all good things if they would love him and serve him (v. 13-15): I will give you the rain of your land in due season, so that they should neither want it when the ground called for it nor have it in excess; but they should have the former rain, which fell at seed-time, and the latter rain, which fell before the harvest, Amos iv. 7. This represented all the seasonable blessings which God would bestow upon them, especially spiritual comforts, which should come as the latter and former, rain, Hos. vi. 3. And the earth thus watered produced, 1. Fruits for the service of man, corn and wine, and oil, Ps. civ. 13-15. 2. Grass for the cattle, that they also might be serviceable to man, that he might eat of them and be full, v. 15. Godliness hath here the promise of the life that now is; but the favour of God shall put gladness into the heart, more than the increase of corn, and wine, and oil will.
IV. Because their revolt from God to idols. would certainly be their ruin: Take heed that your hearts be not deceived, v. 16, 17. All that forsake God to set their affection upon, or pay their devotion to, any creature, will find themselves wretchedly deceived to their own destruction; and this will aggravate it that it was purely for want of taking heed. A little care would have prevented their being imposed upon by the great deceiver. To awaken them to take heed, Moses here tells them plainly that if they should turn aside to other gods, 1. They would provoke the wrath of God against them; and who knows the power of that anger? 2. Good things would be turned away from them; the heaven would withhold its rain, and then of course the earth would not yield its fruit. 3. Evil things would come upon them; they would perish quickly form off this good land. And the better the land was the more grievous it would be to perish from it. The goodness of the land would not be their security, when the badness of the inhabitants had made them ripe for ruin.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:8: Therefore shall ye keep all the commandments - Because God can execute such terrible judgments, and because he has given such proofs of his power and justice; and because, in similar provocations, he may be expected to act in a similar way; therefore keep his charge, that he may keep you unto everlasting life.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:8: Therefore: Deu 8:10, Deu 8:11, Deu 10:12-15, Deu 26:16-19, Deu 28:47; Psa 116:12-16
that ye may: Deu 31:23; Jos 1:6, Jos 1:7; Psa 138:3; Isa 40:31; Dan 10:19; Co2 12:9, Co2 12:10; Eph 3:16, Eph 6:10; Phi 4:13; Col 1:11
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
11:8
And this knowledge was to impel them to keep the law, that they might be strong, i.e., spiritually strong (Deut 1:38), and not only go into the promised land, but also live long therein (cf. Deut 4:26; Deut 6:3). - In Deut 11:10-12 Moses adduces a fresh motive for his admonition to keep the law with fidelity, founded upon the peculiar nature of the land. Canaan was a land the fertility of which was not dependent, like that of Egypt, upon its being watered by the hand of man, but was kept up by the rain of heaven which was sent down by God the Lord, so that it depended entirely upon the Lord how long its inhabitants should live therein. Egypt is described by Moses as a land which Israel sowed with seed, and watered with its foot like a garden of herbs. In Egypt there is hardly any rain at all (cf. Herod. ii. 4, Diod. Sic. i. 41, and other evidence in Hengstenberg's Egypt and the Books of Moses, pp. 217ff.). The watering of the land, which produces its fertility, is dependent upon the annual overflowing of the Nile, and, as this only lasts for about 100 days, upon the way in which this is made available for the whole year, namely, by the construction of canals and ponds throughout the land, to which the water is conducted from the Nile by forcing machines, or by actually carrying it in vessels up to the fields and plantations.
(Note: Upon the ancient monuments we find not only the draw-well with the long rope, which is now called Shaduf, depicted in various ways (see Wilkinson, i. p. 35, ii. 4); but at Beni-Hassan there is a representation of two men carrying a water-vessel upon a pole on their shoulders, which they fill from a draw-well or pond, and then carry to the field (cf. Hengstenberg, Egypt and the Books of Moses, pp. 220-1).)
The expression, "with thy foot," probably refers to the large pumping wheels still in use there, which are worked by the feet, and over which a long endless rope passes with pails attached, for drawing up the water (cf. Niebuhr, Reise, i. 149), the identity of which with the ἕλιξ described by Philo as ὑδρηλὸν ὄργανον (de confus. ling. i. 410) cannot possibly be called in question; provided, that is to say, we do not confound this ἕλιξ with the Archimedean water-screw mentioned by Diod. Sic. i. 34, and described more minutely at v. 37, the construction of which was entirely different (see my Archaeology, ii. pp. 111-2). - The Egyptians, as genuine heathen, were so thoroughly conscious of this peculiar characteristic of their land, which made its fertility far more dependent upon the labour of human hands than upon the rain of heaven or divine providence, that Herodotus (ii. 13) represents them as saying, "The Greeks, with their dependence upon the gods, might be disappointed in their brightest hopes and suffer dreadfully from famine." The land of Canaan yielded no support to such godless self-exaltation, for it was "a land of mountains and valleys, and drank water of the rain of heaven" (ל before מטר, to denote the external cause; see Ewald, 217, d.); i.e., it received its watering, the main condition of all fertility, from the rain, by the way of the rain, and therefore through the providential care of God.
Geneva 1599
11:8 Therefore shall ye keep (c) all the commandments which I command you this day, that ye may be strong, and go in and possess the land, whither ye go to possess it;
(c) Because you have felt both his chastisement and his benefits.
John Gill
11:8 Therefore shall you keep all the commandments which I command you this day,.... For the reasons before suggested, as well as for what follow:
that ye may be strong; healthful in body, and courageous in mind, for sin tends to weaken both; whereas observance of the commands of God contributes to the health and strength of the body, and the rigour of the mind; both which were necessary to the present expedition they were going upon:
and go in and possess the land whither ye go to possess it; the land of Canaan, they were marching towards in order to possess it; and nothing would more inspire them with courage, and cause them to enter it manfully without fear of their enemies, than obedience to the commands of God; whose presence being promised them on that account, they might expect it, and so had nothing to fear from the inhabitants of the land.
11:911:9: Զի երկայնօրեա՛յք լինիցիք ՚ի վերայ երկրին զոր երդուաւ Տէր հարցն ձերոց տա՛լ նոցա, եւ զաւակի՛ նոցա յետ նոցա, երկիր՝ որ բղխէ զկաթն եւ զմեղր։
9 որպէսզի երկար ապրէք այն երկրում, որ Տէրը երդուեց տալ ձեր հայրերին եւ նրանցից յետոյ՝ նրանց զաւակներին, մի երկիր, ուր կաթ ու մեղր է հոսում:
9 Ձեր օրերը երկար ըլլան այն երկրին վրայ, որ Տէրը ձեր հայրերուն երդում ըրաւ՝ իրենց եւ իրենց սերունդին տալու, այնպիսի երկիր մը, ուր կաթ ու մեղր կը բղխի։
զի երկայնօրեայք լինիցիք ի վերայ երկրին զոր երդուաւ Տէր հարցն ձերոց տալ նոցա եւ զաւակի նոցա [199]յետ նոցա``, երկիր` որ բղխէ զկաթն եւ զմեղր:

11:9: Զի երկայնօրեա՛յք լինիցիք ՚ի վերայ երկրին զոր երդուաւ Տէր հարցն ձերոց տա՛լ նոցա, եւ զաւակի՛ նոցա յետ նոցա, երկիր՝ որ բղխէ զկաթն եւ զմեղր։
9 որպէսզի երկար ապրէք այն երկրում, որ Տէրը երդուեց տալ ձեր հայրերին եւ նրանցից յետոյ՝ նրանց զաւակներին, մի երկիր, ուր կաթ ու մեղր է հոսում:
9 Ձեր օրերը երկար ըլլան այն երկրին վրայ, որ Տէրը ձեր հայրերուն երդում ըրաւ՝ իրենց եւ իրենց սերունդին տալու, այնպիսի երկիր մը, ուր կաթ ու մեղր կը բղխի։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:99: и дабы вы жили много времени на той земле, которую клялся Господь отцам вашим дать им и семени их, на земле, в которой течет молоко и мед.
11:9 ἵνα ινα so; that μακροημερεύσητε μακροημερευω in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἧς ος who; what ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear κύριος κυριος lord; master τοῖς ο the πατράσιν πατηρ father ὑμῶν υμων your δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even τῷ ο the σπέρματι σπερμα seed αὐτῶν αυτος he; him μετ᾿ μετα with; amid αὐτούς αυτος he; him γῆν γη earth; land ῥέουσαν ρεω flow γάλα γαλα milk καὶ και and; even μέλι μελι honey
11:9 וּ û וְ and לְמַ֨עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of תַּאֲרִ֤יכוּ taʔᵃrˈîḵû ארך be long יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ֣ hˈā הַ the אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִשְׁבַּ֨ע nišbˌaʕ שׁבע swear יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לַ la לְ to אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˈem אָב father לָ lā לְ to תֵ֥ת ṯˌēṯ נתן give לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to זַרְעָ֑ם zarʕˈām זֶרַע seed אֶ֛רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth זָבַ֥ת zāvˌaṯ זוב flow חָלָ֖ב ḥālˌāv חָלָב milk וּ û וְ and דְבָֽשׁ׃ ס ḏᵊvˈāš . s דְּבַשׁ honey
11:9. multoque in ea vivatis tempore quam sub iuramento pollicitus est Dominus patribus vestris et semini eorum lacte et melle manantemAnd may live in it a long time: which the Lord promised by oath to your fathers, and to their seed, a land which floweth with milk and honey.
9. and that ye may prolong your days upon the land, which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed, a land flowing with milk and honey.
11:9. and so that you may live, for a long time, in the land which the Lord promised under oath to your fathers, and to their offspring, a land flowing with milk and honey.
11:9. And that ye may prolong [your] days in the land, which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed, a land that floweth with milk and honey.
And that ye may prolong [your] days in the land, which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed, a land that floweth with milk and honey:

9: и дабы вы жили много времени на той земле, которую клялся Господь отцам вашим дать им и семени их, на земле, в которой течет молоко и мед.
11:9
ἵνα ινα so; that
μακροημερεύσητε μακροημερευω in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἧς ος who; what
ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τοῖς ο the
πατράσιν πατηρ father
ὑμῶν υμων your
δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
τῷ ο the
σπέρματι σπερμα seed
αὐτῶν αυτος he; him
μετ᾿ μετα with; amid
αὐτούς αυτος he; him
γῆν γη earth; land
ῥέουσαν ρεω flow
γάλα γαλα milk
καὶ και and; even
μέλι μελι honey
11:9
וּ û וְ and
לְמַ֨עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of
תַּאֲרִ֤יכוּ taʔᵃrˈîḵû ארך be long
יָמִים֙ yāmîm יֹום day
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil
אֲשֶׁר֩ ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִשְׁבַּ֨ע nišbˌaʕ שׁבע swear
יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לַ la לְ to
אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˈem אָב father
לָ לְ to
תֵ֥ת ṯˌēṯ נתן give
לָהֶ֖ם lāhˌem לְ to
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
זַרְעָ֑ם zarʕˈām זֶרַע seed
אֶ֛רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
זָבַ֥ת zāvˌaṯ זוב flow
חָלָ֖ב ḥālˌāv חָלָב milk
וּ û וְ and
דְבָֽשׁ׃ ס ḏᵊvˈāš . s דְּבַשׁ honey
11:9. multoque in ea vivatis tempore quam sub iuramento pollicitus est Dominus patribus vestris et semini eorum lacte et melle manantem
And may live in it a long time: which the Lord promised by oath to your fathers, and to their seed, a land which floweth with milk and honey.
11:9. and so that you may live, for a long time, in the land which the Lord promised under oath to your fathers, and to their offspring, a land flowing with milk and honey.
11:9. And that ye may prolong [your] days in the land, which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed, a land that floweth with milk and honey.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:9: prolong: Deu 4:40, Deu 5:16, Deu 6:2; Psa 34:12-22; Pro 3:2, Pro 3:16, Pro 9:11, Pro 10:27
sware: Deu 6:18, Deu 9:5
a land: Exo 3:8; Eze 20:6
John Gill
11:9 And that ye may prolong your days in the land,.... Not only enter it, and take possession of it, but continue in it long, which depended upon their obedience to the laws of God:
which the Lord sware unto your fathers to give unto them and to their seed; had promised with an oath, so that they might be assured of the enjoyment of it, though they could not be of their continuance in it, unless they obeyed the divine commands:
a land that floweth with milk and honey; abounds with all good things, whose fruits are fat as milk, and sweet as honey; so the Targum of Jonathan.
11:1011:10: Քանզի երկիրն յոր մտանելոց էք ժառանգել զնա, ո՛չ իբրեւ զերկիրն Եգիպտացւոց է՝ ուստի ելէք դուք անտի. յորժամ սերմանեն սերմանս, եւ ոռոգանեն ոտիւք իբրեւ զպարտէզ բանջարոյ[1793]։ [1793] Ոմանք. Դուք անտի, որ յորժամ... եւ առոգանեն ոտիւք... իբրեւ զպարտէզս։
10 Այն երկիրը, ուր դուք մտնելու էք ժառանգելու համար, նման չէ Եգիպտացիների երկրին, որտեղից դուք դուրս եկաք. մի երկիր, ուր սերմը ցանում են ու ջրում ոտքերով, որպէս թէ բանջարանոց լինի:
10 «Քանզի այն երկիրը, ուր դուք պիտի մտնէք զանիկա ժառանգելու համար, Եգիպտոսի երկրին պէս չէ, ուրկէ ելաք. ուր երբ սերմ կը ցանէիք, բանջարի պարտէզի պէս ոտքերով անոր ջուր կու տայիք։
Քանզի երկիրն յոր մտանելոց էք ժառանգել զնա` ոչ իբրեւ զերկիրն Եգիպտացւոց է ուստի ելէք դուք անտի, [200]յորժամ սերմանեն սերմանս, եւ ոռոգանեն ոտիւք`` իբրեւ զպարտէզ բանջարոյ:

11:10: Քանզի երկիրն յոր մտանելոց էք ժառանգել զնա, ո՛չ իբրեւ զերկիրն Եգիպտացւոց է՝ ուստի ելէք դուք անտի. յորժամ սերմանեն սերմանս, եւ ոռոգանեն ոտիւք իբրեւ զպարտէզ բանջարոյ[1793]։
[1793] Ոմանք. Դուք անտի, որ յորժամ... եւ առոգանեն ոտիւք... իբրեւ զպարտէզս։
10 Այն երկիրը, ուր դուք մտնելու էք ժառանգելու համար, նման չէ Եգիպտացիների երկրին, որտեղից դուք դուրս եկաք. մի երկիր, ուր սերմը ցանում են ու ջրում ոտքերով, որպէս թէ բանջարանոց լինի:
10 «Քանզի այն երկիրը, ուր դուք պիտի մտնէք զանիկա ժառանգելու համար, Եգիպտոսի երկրին պէս չէ, ուրկէ ելաք. ուր երբ սերմ կը ցանէիք, բանջարի պարտէզի պէս ոտքերով անոր ջուր կու տայիք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1010: Ибо земля, в которую ты идешь, чтоб овладеть ею, не такова, как земля Египетская, из которой вышли вы, где ты, посеяв семя твое, поливал [ее] при помощи ног твоих, как масличный сад;
11:10 ἔστιν ειμι be γὰρ γαρ for ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what εἰσπορεύῃ εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into ἐκεῖ εκει there κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him οὐχ ου not ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos ἐστίν ειμι be ὅθεν οθεν from which; for which reason ἐκπεπόρευσθε εκπορευομαι emerge; travel out ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there ὅταν οταν when; once σπείρωσιν σπειρω sow τὸν ο the σπόρον σπορος grain καὶ και and; even ποτίζωσιν ποτιζω give a drink; water τοῖς ο the ποσὶν πους foot; pace ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about κῆπον κηπος garden λαχανείας λαχανεια vegetable garden; kitchen garden
11:10 כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you בָא־ vā- בוא come שָׁ֨מָּה֙ šˈāmmā שָׁם there לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּ֔הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as אֶ֤רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְצָאתֶ֖ם yᵊṣāṯˌem יצא go out מִ mi מִן from שָּׁ֑ם ššˈām שָׁם there אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּזְרַע֙ tizrˌaʕ זרע sow אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] זַרְעֲךָ֔ zarʕᵃḵˈā זֶרַע seed וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁקִ֥יתָ hišqˌîṯā שׁקה give drink בְ vᵊ בְּ in רַגְלְךָ֖ raḡlᵊḵˌā רֶגֶל foot כְּ kᵊ כְּ as גַ֥ן ḡˌan גַּן garden הַ ha הַ the יָּרָֽק׃ yyārˈāq יָרָק greens
11:10. terra enim ad quam ingredieris possidendam non est sicut terra Aegypti de qua existi ubi iacto semine in hortorum morem aquae ducuntur inriguaeFor the land, which thou goest to possess, is not like the land of Egypt, from whence thou camest out, where, when the seed is sown, waters are brought in to water it after the manner of gardens.
10. For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs:
11:10. For the land, which you shall enter and possess, is not like the land of Egypt, from which you departed, where, when seed has been sown, waters are brought in by irrigation, in the manner of gardens.
11:10. For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, [is] not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst [it] with thy foot, as a garden of herbs:
For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, [is] not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst [it] with thy foot, as a garden of herbs:

10: Ибо земля, в которую ты идешь, чтоб овладеть ею, не такова, как земля Египетская, из которой вышли вы, где ты, посеяв семя твое, поливал [ее] при помощи ног твоих, как масличный сад;
11:10
ἔστιν ειμι be
γὰρ γαρ for
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
εἰσπορεύῃ εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
οὐχ ου not
ὥσπερ ωσπερ just as
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
Αἰγύπτου αιγυπτος Aigyptos; Eyiptos
ἐστίν ειμι be
ὅθεν οθεν from which; for which reason
ἐκπεπόρευσθε εκπορευομαι emerge; travel out
ἐκεῖθεν εκειθεν from there
ὅταν οταν when; once
σπείρωσιν σπειρω sow
τὸν ο the
σπόρον σπορος grain
καὶ και and; even
ποτίζωσιν ποτιζω give a drink; water
τοῖς ο the
ποσὶν πους foot; pace
ὡσεὶ ωσει as if; about
κῆπον κηπος garden
λαχανείας λαχανεια vegetable garden; kitchen garden
11:10
כִּ֣י kˈî כִּי that
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתָּ֤ה ʔattˈā אַתָּה you
בָא־ vā- בוא come
שָׁ֨מָּה֙ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּ֔הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
לֹ֣א lˈō לֹא not
כְ ḵᵊ כְּ as
אֶ֤רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
מִצְרַ֨יִם֙ miṣrˈayim מִצְרַיִם Egypt
הִ֔וא hˈiw הִיא she
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְצָאתֶ֖ם yᵊṣāṯˌem יצא go out
מִ mi מִן from
שָּׁ֑ם ššˈām שָׁם there
אֲשֶׁ֤ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּזְרַע֙ tizrˌaʕ זרע sow
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
זַרְעֲךָ֔ zarʕᵃḵˈā זֶרַע seed
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁקִ֥יתָ hišqˌîṯā שׁקה give drink
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
רַגְלְךָ֖ raḡlᵊḵˌā רֶגֶל foot
כְּ kᵊ כְּ as
גַ֥ן ḡˌan גַּן garden
הַ ha הַ the
יָּרָֽק׃ yyārˈāq יָרָק greens
11:10. terra enim ad quam ingredieris possidendam non est sicut terra Aegypti de qua existi ubi iacto semine in hortorum morem aquae ducuntur inriguae
For the land, which thou goest to possess, is not like the land of Egypt, from whence thou camest out, where, when the seed is sown, waters are brought in to water it after the manner of gardens.
11:10. For the land, which you shall enter and possess, is not like the land of Egypt, from which you departed, where, when seed has been sown, waters are brought in by irrigation, in the manner of gardens.
11:10. For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, [is] not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst [it] with thy foot, as a garden of herbs:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
10: Плодородие Египта обусловливалось напряженным трудом искусственного орошения, через посредство каналов и канав, проводящих воду из реки Нила. Раскрытие и закрытие маленьких канавок, орошавших плантации частных лиц, делалось примитивным способом — ногами, как это и теперь делается в некоторых азиатских странах.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:10: Wateredst it with thy foot - Rain scarcely ever falls in Egypt, and God supplies the lack of it by the inundations of the Nile. In order to water the grounds where the inundations do not extend, water is collected in ponds, and directed in streamlets to different parts of the field where irrigation is necessary. It is no unusual thing in the East to see a man, with a small mattock, making a little trench for the water to run by, and as he opens the passage, the water following, he uses his foot to raise up the mould against the side of this little channel, to prevent the water from being shed unnecessarily before it reaches the place of its destination. Thus he may be said to water the ground with his foot. See several useful observations on this subject in Mr. Harmer, vol. i., pp. 23-26, and vol. iii., p. 141. "For watering land an instrument called janta is often used in the north of Bengal: It consists of a wooden trough, about fifteen feet long, six inches wide, and ten inches deep, which is placed on a horizontal beam lying on bamboos fixed in the bank of a pond or river in the form of a gallows. One end of the trough rests upon the bank, where a gutter is prepared to carry off the water, and the other is dipped into the water by a man standing on a stage near that end, and plunging it in with his foot. A long bamboo, with a large weight of earth at the farther end of it, is fastened to that end of the janta near the river, and passing over the gallows, poises up the janta full of water, and causes it to empty itself into the gutter." This, Mr. Ward supposes, illustrates this passage. See Hindoo Customs, etc., vol. iii., p. 104. But after all, the expression, wateredst it with thy foot, may mean no more than doing it by labor; for, as in the land of Egypt there is scarcely any rain, the watering of gardens, etc., must have been all artificial. But in Judea it was different, as there they had their proper seasons of rain. The compound word ברגל beregel, with, under, or by the foot, is used to signify any thing under the power, authority, etc., of a person; and this very meaning it has in the sixth verse, all the substance that was in their possession, is, literally, all the substance that was under their feet, ברגליהם beragleyhem, that is, in their power, possession, or what they had acquired by their labor.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
11:10: Another motive for fidelity is added, namely, the entire dependence of the promised land upon God for its fertility. It was "a land flowing with milk and honey;" yet this its richness was not, as was that of Egypt, the reward of truman skill and labor, but was, on the contrary, the gift of God simply and entirely; the effect of "the former and the latter rains" sent by Him. The spiritual significance of these and many other such peculiarities of the promised land must not be overlooked.
Egypt and Canaan are distinguished in this and the following verses, by certain of their most remarkable physical traits. Canaan as a mountainous country (compare Deu 3:25 note) was well watered, but by the rains of heaven, on which it absolutely depended for its crops. Artificial irrigation could do nothing to remedy this dependence. Hence, it was a land on which, so long as God's people were faithful and consequently prosperous, "the eyes of God" would always be: i. e., He would supply at each successive season (compare Deu 11:14-15) the useful conditions of productiveness. But Egypt, fit emblem here as elsewhere of the world of nature in distinction from the world of grace, though of course deriving its all ultimately from the Giver of all good things, yet directly and immediately owed its riches and plenty to human ingenuity and capital. It enjoyed no rain worth speaking of, but drew its water supply from the annum overflowing of the Nile. This only lasts about a hundred days; but is rendered available for agricultural purposes throughout the year by an elaborate and costly system of tanks, canals, forcing machines, etc. To these mechanical appliances allusion is made in Deu 11:10. The inhabitants of Egypt probably watered "with the foot" in two ways, namely, by means of tread-wheels working sets of pumps, and by means of artificial channels connected with reservoirs, and opened, turned, or closed by the feet. Both methods are still in use in Egypt.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:10: wateredst it with thy foot: Rain seldom falls in Egypt; the land being chiefly watered by the inundations of the Nile. In order to water the grounds where the inundations do not extend, water is collected in ponds, and directed in streamlets to the different parts of the field where irrigation is necessary. It is no unusual thing in the East to see a man, with a small mattock, making a little trench for the water to run into; and, as he opens the passage, the water following, he uses his foot to raise up the mould against the side of this little channel, to pRev_ent the water from being shed unnecessarily, before it reaches the place of its destination. Hence he may justly be said to water the ground with his foot. Zac 14:18
Geneva 1599
11:10 For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, [is] not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst [it] with thy (d) foot, as a garden of herbs:
(d) By making gutters for the water to come out of the Nile river to water the land.
John Gill
11:10 For the land whither thou goest in to possess it,.... The land of Canaan they were about to take possession of:
is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out; either the whole land of Egypt, or that part of it, Rameses, in which Israel dwelt, and which was the best of it, as Jarchi observes, and yet Canaan exceeded that; though the design of this passage is not so much to set forth the superior excellency and fertility of the land of Canaan to that of Egypt, which was certainly a very fruitful country; see Gen 13:10 but to observe some things in which they differed, whereby they both became fruitful, and in which Canaan had the advantage:
where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst it with thy foot, as a garden of herbs; as a gardener when he has sowed his seed, or planted his plants, waters them that they may grow, by carrying his water pot from bed to bed, which requires much labour and toil. In Egypt rain seldom fell, especially in some places it was very rare, though that there was none at all is a vulgar mistake; See Gill on Zech 14:18 (e). To supply the want of it the river Nile overflowed once a year, which not only moistened the earth, but left mud or slime upon it, which made it fruitful; but this was not sufficient, for what through the river not overflowing enough sometimes, and so as to reach some places, and through the heat of the sun hardening the earth again, it was found necessary to cut canals from it, and by water from thence to water it, as a gardener waters his seed and plants; and it is to this watering that respect is here had, not to the overflowing of the Nile, for that was before the seed was sown; but to the watering of it out of the canals, which was done after it was sown; the former was without any trouble of theirs, the latter with much labour; the manner in which it is done is expressed by the phrase "with thy foot", which the Targum explains "by thyself", by their own labour and industry. Jarchi is more particular; "the land of Egypt had need to "have water brought from the Nile with thy foot; he seems to have understood the phrase to signify carrying water on foot from the Nile to the place where it was wanted; but the custom still in use in Egypt, when they water their fields, plantations, or gardens, will give us a clear understanding of this phrase; as a late traveller informs us (f), the water is drawn out of the river (Nile) by instruments, and lodged in capacious cisterns; when plants require to be refreshed, they strike out the plugs that are fixed in the bottoms of the cisterns, and then the water gushing out, is conducted from one rill to another by the gardener, who is always ready as occasion requires to stop and divert the torrent by turning the earth against it "with his foot", and opening at the same time with his mattock a new trench to receive it: and to the same purpose another learned person (g) has observed, that at other times (than the flowing of the Nile) they are obliged to have recourse to art, and to raise the water out of the river and some deep pits by the help of machines, which water is afterwards directed in its course by channels cut in the ground, which convey the water to those places where it is wanted; and when one part of the ground is sufficiently watered, they then stop that channel, by thrusting some earth into the entrance of it "with their foot", and then also "with their foot" open a passage into the next channel, and so on: and Philo the Jew (h) speaks of a machine with which they used to water fields, and was worked with the feet by going up the several steps within, which gave motion to it.
(e) See also Vansleb's Relation of a Voyage to Egypt, p. 213. who speaks of large rains in Egypt. (f) Shaw's Travels, p. 408. (g) Clayton's Chronology of the Hebrew Bible, p. 478. (h) De Confusione Ling p. 325.
John Wesley
11:10 With thy foot - That is, with great pains and labour of thy feet, partly by going up and down to fetch water and disperse it, and partly by digging furrows with thy foot, and using engines for distributing the water, which engines they thrust with their feet. For tho' the river Nile did once in a year overflow the grounds, and made them fruitful, yet often it failed them, at least in part, and then they were put to great pains about their ground. And when it did overflow sufficiently, and left its mud upon the earth, yet that mud was in a little time hardened, and needed another watering, and much digging and labour both of the hand and feet, especially in places more remote from that river; which inconvenience Canaan was free from.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:10 For the land, whither thou goest in to possess it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out--The physical features of Palestine present a striking contrast to those of the land of bondage. A widely extending plain forms the cultivated portion of Egypt, and on the greater part of this low and level country rain never falls. This natural want is supplied by the annual overflow of the Nile, and by artificial means from the same source when the river has receded within its customary channel. Close by the bank the process of irrigation is very simple. The cultivator opens a small sluice on the edge of the square bed in which seed has been sown, making drill after drill; and when a sufficient quantity of water has poured in, he shuts it up with his foot. Where the bank is high, the water is drawn up by hydraulic engines, of which there are three kinds used, of different power, according to the subsidence of the stream. The water is distributed in small channels or earthen conduits, simple in construction, worked by the foot, and formed with a mattock by the gardener who directs their course, and which are banked up or opened, as occasion may require, by pressing in the soil with the foot. Thus was the land watered in which the Israelites had dwelt so long. Such vigilance and laborious industry would not be needed in the promised land. Instead of being visited with moisture only at one brief season and left during the rest of the year under a withering blight, every season it would enjoy the benign influences of a genial climate. The hills would attract the frequent clouds, and in the refreshing showers the blessing of God would especially rest upon the land.
11:1111:11: Այլ երկիրն յոր դուք մտանելոց էք ժառանգել, երկիր լեռնայի՛ն եւ դաշտակա՛ն է. յանձրեւո՛յ երկնից ըմպէ ջուր.
11 Այն երկիրը, ուր դուք պիտի մտնէք ժառանգելու համար, լեռնային ու հովտային երկիր է. այն ոռոգւում է երկնքից թափուող անձրեւով:
11 Այլ ձեր մտնելու ու ժառանգելու երկիրը լեռներու ու հովիտներու երկիր մըն է. երկնքի անձրեւին ջրովը կը ջրուի.
այլ երկիրն յոր դուք մտանելոց էք ժառանգել` երկիր լեռնային եւ դաշտական է. յանձրեւոյ երկնից ըմպէ ջուր:

11:11: Այլ երկիրն յոր դուք մտանելոց էք ժառանգել, երկիր լեռնայի՛ն եւ դաշտակա՛ն է. յանձրեւո՛յ երկնից ըմպէ ջուր.
11 Այն երկիրը, ուր դուք պիտի մտնէք ժառանգելու համար, լեռնային ու հովտային երկիր է. այն ոռոգւում է երկնքից թափուող անձրեւով:
11 Այլ ձեր մտնելու ու ժառանգելու երկիրը լեռներու ու հովիտներու երկիր մըն է. երկնքի անձրեւին ջրովը կը ջրուի.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1111: но земля, в которую вы переходите, чтоб овладеть ею, есть земля с горами и долинами, и от дождя небесного напояется водою, --
11:11 ἡ ο the δὲ δε though; while γῆ γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what εἰσπορεύῃ εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into ἐκεῖ εκει there κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him γῆ γη earth; land ὀρεινὴ ορεινη and; even πεδινή πεδινος flat ἐκ εκ from; out of τοῦ ο the ὑετοῦ υετος rain τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven πίεται πινω drink ὕδωρ υδωρ water
11:11 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ hā הַ the אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתֶּ֜ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass שָׁ֨מָּה֙ šˈāmmā שָׁם there לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּ֔הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth הָרִ֖ים hārˌîm הַר mountain וּ û וְ and בְקָעֹ֑ת vᵊqāʕˈōṯ בִּקְעָה valley לִ li לְ to מְטַ֥ר mᵊṭˌar מָטָר rain הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֖יִם ššāmˌayim שָׁמַיִם heavens תִּשְׁתֶּה־ tišteh- שׁתה drink מָּֽיִם׃ mmˈāyim מַיִם water
11:11. sed montuosa est et campestris de caelo expectans pluviasBut it is a land of hills and plains, expecting rain from heaven.
11. but the land, whither ye go over to possess it, is a land of hills and valleys, drinketh water of the rain of heaven:
11:11. Rather, it has mountainous regions and plains, which lay waiting for rain from heaven.
11:11. But the land, whither ye go to possess it, [is] a land of hills and valleys, [and] drinketh water of the rain of heaven:
But the land, whither ye go to possess it, [is] a land of hills and valleys, [and] drinketh water of the rain of heaven:

11: но земля, в которую вы переходите, чтоб овладеть ею, есть земля с горами и долинами, и от дождя небесного напояется водою, --
11:11
ο the
δὲ δε though; while
γῆ γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
εἰσπορεύῃ εισπορευομαι intrude; travel into
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
γῆ γη earth; land
ὀρεινὴ ορεινη and; even
πεδινή πεδινος flat
ἐκ εκ from; out of
τοῦ ο the
ὑετοῦ υετος rain
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
πίεται πινω drink
ὕδωρ υδωρ water
11:11
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ הַ the
אָ֗רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתֶּ֜ם ʔattˈem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֥ים ʕōvᵊrˌîm עבר pass
שָׁ֨מָּה֙ šˈāmmā שָׁם there
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּ֔הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
אֶ֥רֶץ ʔˌereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הָרִ֖ים hārˌîm הַר mountain
וּ û וְ and
בְקָעֹ֑ת vᵊqāʕˈōṯ בִּקְעָה valley
לִ li לְ to
מְטַ֥ר mᵊṭˌar מָטָר rain
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֖יִם ššāmˌayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
תִּשְׁתֶּה־ tišteh- שׁתה drink
מָּֽיִם׃ mmˈāyim מַיִם water
11:11. sed montuosa est et campestris de caelo expectans pluvias
But it is a land of hills and plains, expecting rain from heaven.
11:11. Rather, it has mountainous regions and plains, which lay waiting for rain from heaven.
11:11. But the land, whither ye go to possess it, [is] a land of hills and valleys, [and] drinketh water of the rain of heaven:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
11: Ханаан имеет обильное естественное орошение, через посредство дождей, а также источников, берущих свое начало в горах и струящихся в долинах.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:11: Deu 8:7-9; Gen 27:28; Psa 65:12, Psa 65:13, Psa 104:10-13; Isa 28:1; Jer 2:7; Heb 6:7
John Gill
11:11 But the land whither ye go to possess it is a land of hills and valleys,.... And so could not be watered by the overflow of a river, and by canals cut out of it, and in the manner Egypt was; which was for the most part a plain and flat country, but not so Canaan, in which were many hills and mountains, as those about Jerusalem, Carmel, Tabor, Lebanon, and others; and plains and valleys, as the valley of Jezreel, &c. and which made it more delightful and pleasant for prospects; see Deut 8:7 and drinketh water of the rain of heaven; by which it was watered, refreshed, and made fruitful; not by means of men, but by the Lord himself, and so with much more ease to men, and without the toil and labour they were obliged to in Egypt, as well as it was both more healthful and pleasant; for the damps that arose from the overflow of the Nile were sometimes prejudicial to health; and during the season of its overflow, which was in the summer, they were obliged to keep in their houses, and could not walk abroad for weeks together; to which inconveniences the land of Canaan was not subject; but then, as its fertility depended on rain from heaven, the Israelites would be under the greater obligation to observe the commands of God, who could give and withhold it at his pleasure, and as they conducted themselves; which seems to be the general drift of this passage.
John Wesley
11:11 Of hills and valleys - And therefore much more healthful than Egypt was, which as it was enriched, so it was annoyed with the Nile, which overflowed the land in summer time, and thereby made the country both unpleasant and unhealthful. And health being the greatest of all outward blessings, Canaan must therefore needs be a more desirable habitation than Egypt. The rain of heaven - Which is more easy, being given thee without thy charge or pains; more sweet and pleasant, not hindering thy going abroad upon thy occasions, as the overflow of the Nile did, whereby the Egyptians were confined in a great measure to their houses; more safe and healthful, being free from that mud which attends upon the waters of the Nile; and more certain too, the former and the latter rain being promised to be given to them in their several seasons, upon condition of their obedience, which condition, tho' it may seem a clog and inconvenience, yet indeed was a great benefit, that by their own necessities and interest they might be obliged to that obedience, upon which their happiness depended both for this life and the next.
11:1211:12: երկիր՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած քո դարմանէ զնա, հանապա՛զ աչք Տեառն Աստուծոյ քոյ ՚ի վերայ նորա, իսկզբանէ տարւոյն մինչեւ ցկատարո՛ւմն տարւոյն[1794]։[1794] Ոմանք. Տէր Աստուած քո դարմանէ զքեզ հանա՛՛։
12 Դա մի երկիր է, որը քո Տէր Աստուածն է խնամում, տարուայ սկզբից մինչեւ տարուայ վերջը քո Տէր Աստծու աչքը միշտ նրա վրայ է:
12 Այնպիսի երկիր մըն է, որ քու Տէր Աստուածդ կը խնամէ։ Քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ աչքը տարուան սկիզբէն մինչեւ վերջը անոր վրայ է։
երկիր` զոր Տէր Աստուած քո դարմանէ զնա, հանապազ աչք Տեառն Աստուծոյ քո ի վերայ նորա, ի սկզբանէ տարւոյն մինչեւ ցկատարումն տարւոյն:

11:12: երկիր՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած քո դարմանէ զնա, հանապա՛զ աչք Տեառն Աստուծոյ քոյ ՚ի վերայ նորա, իսկզբանէ տարւոյն մինչեւ ցկատարո՛ւմն տարւոյն[1794]։
[1794] Ոմանք. Տէր Աստուած քո դարմանէ զքեզ հանա՛՛։
12 Դա մի երկիր է, որը քո Տէր Աստուածն է խնամում, տարուայ սկզբից մինչեւ տարուայ վերջը քո Տէր Աստծու աչքը միշտ նրա վրայ է:
12 Այնպիսի երկիր մըն է, որ քու Տէր Աստուածդ կը խնամէ։ Քու Տէր Աստուծոյդ աչքը տարուան սկիզբէն մինչեւ վերջը անոր վրայ է։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1212: земля, о которой Господь, Бог твой, печется: очи Господа, Бога твоего, непрестанно на ней, от начала года и до конца года.
11:12 γῆ γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your ἐπισκοπεῖται επισκοπεω supervise; observe αὐτήν αυτος he; him διὰ δια through; because of παντὸς πας all; every οἱ ο the ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God σου σου of you; your ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ἀπ᾿ απο from; away ἀρχῆς αρχη origin; beginning τοῦ ο the ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until συντελείας συντελεια consummation τοῦ ο the ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period
11:12 אֶ֕רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) דֹּרֵ֣שׁ dōrˈēš דרשׁ inquire אֹתָ֑הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker] תָּמִ֗יד tāmˈîḏ תָּמִיד continuity עֵינֵ֨י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in מֵֽ mˈē מִן from רֵשִׁית֙ rēšîṯ רֵאשִׁית beginning הַ ha הַ the שָּׁנָ֔ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year וְ wᵊ וְ and עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto אַחֲרִ֥ית ʔaḥᵃrˌîṯ אַחֲרִית end שָׁנָֽה׃ ס šānˈā . s שָׁנָה year
11:12. quam Dominus Deus tuus semper invisit et oculi illius in ea sunt a principio anni usque ad finem eiusAnd the Lord thy God doth always visit it, and his eyes are on it from the beginning of the year unto the end thereof.
12. a land which the LORD thy God careth for; the eyes of the LORD thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year.
11:12. And the Lord your God always visits it, and his eyes are upon it, from the beginning of the year, all the way to its end.
11:12. A land which the LORD thy God careth for: the eyes of the LORD thy God [are] always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year.
A land which the LORD thy God careth for: the eyes of the LORD thy God [are] always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year:

12: земля, о которой Господь, Бог твой, печется: очи Господа, Бога твоего, непрестанно на ней, от начала года и до конца года.
11:12
γῆ γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
ἐπισκοπεῖται επισκοπεω supervise; observe
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
διὰ δια through; because of
παντὸς πας all; every
οἱ ο the
ὀφθαλμοὶ οφθαλμος eye; sight
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
σου σου of you; your
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ἀπ᾿ απο from; away
ἀρχῆς αρχη origin; beginning
τοῦ ο the
ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
συντελείας συντελεια consummation
τοῦ ο the
ἐνιαυτοῦ ενιαυτος cycle; period
11:12
אֶ֕רֶץ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֖יךָ ʔᵉlōhˌeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
דֹּרֵ֣שׁ dōrˈēš דרשׁ inquire
אֹתָ֑הּ ʔōṯˈāh אֵת [object marker]
תָּמִ֗יד tāmˈîḏ תָּמִיד continuity
עֵינֵ֨י ʕênˌê עַיִן eye
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֨יךָ֙ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
בָּ֔הּ bˈāh בְּ in
מֵֽ mˈē מִן from
רֵשִׁית֙ rēšîṯ רֵאשִׁית beginning
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁנָ֔ה ššānˈā שָׁנָה year
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַ֖ד ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
אַחֲרִ֥ית ʔaḥᵃrˌîṯ אַחֲרִית end
שָׁנָֽה׃ ס šānˈā . s שָׁנָה year
11:12. quam Dominus Deus tuus semper invisit et oculi illius in ea sunt a principio anni usque ad finem eius
And the Lord thy God doth always visit it, and his eyes are on it from the beginning of the year unto the end thereof.
11:12. And the Lord your God always visits it, and his eyes are upon it, from the beginning of the year, all the way to its end.
11:12. A land which the LORD thy God careth for: the eyes of the LORD thy God [are] always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:12: careth for: Heb. seeketh
the eyes: Kg1 9:3; Ezr 5:5; Psa 33:18, Psa 34:15; Jer 24:6
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
11:12
Tit was a land which Jehovah inquired after, i.e., for which He cared (דּרשׁ, as in Prov 31:13; Job 3:4); His eyes were always directed towards it from the beginning of the year to the end; a land, therefore, which was dependent upon God, and in this dependence upon God peculiarly adapted to Israel, which was to live entirely to its God, and upon His grace alone.
John Gill
11:12 A land which the Lord thy God careth for,.... In a very particular and special manner; otherwise he has a general care of the whole world, and all the parts of it; for as the earth is his, and the fulness thereof, his providential care reaches everywhere; but as this spot was what he had chosen for his own residence, and the place of his worship, and for an habitation for his peculiar people; he exercised a more peculiar care over it, to make it fruitful, commodious, and pleasant; or which "he seeketh" (i); that is, the good of it, and to make it convenient, useful, and delightful to his people; yea, which he sought for and desired for his own habitation, Ps 132:13,
the eyes of the Lord thy God are always upon it, from the beginning of the year even unto the end of the year; his eyes of providence, to give the former and the latter rain, and that there be seedtime and harvest in their seasons, and that the fruits of it be produced at their proper time; some at the beginning, others at the end of the year, and others in the intervening months, and all wisely suited to the good of the inhabitants of it.
(i) "quaerit", Pagninus; "quaerens", Montanus.
John Wesley
11:12 Careth for - In a special manner watering it immediately as it were by his own hand, without man's help, and giving peculiar blessings to it, which Egypt enjoys not. To the end of the year - To give it the rain, and other blessings proper to the several seasons. But all these mercies, and the fruitfulness of the land consequent upon them, were suspended upon their disobedience. And therefore it is not at all strange that some later writers, describe the land of Canaan as a barren soil, which is, so far from affording ground to question the authority of the scriptures, that it doth much more confirm it, this, being an effect of that threatning that God would turn a fruitful land into barrenness for the wickedness of these that dwell in it, Ps 107:34.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:12 A land which the Lord thy God careth for--that is, watering it, as it were, with His own hands, without human aid or mechanical means.
11:1311:13: Եւ եթէ լսելով լուիցես ամենայն պատուիրանաց նորա զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ քեզ այսօր, սիրե՛լ զՏէր Աստուած քո եւ պաշտե՛լ զնա յամենայն սրտէ քումմէ, եւ յամենայն անձնէ քումմէ։
13 Եթէ ուշադրութեամբ լսես նրա բոլոր պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ քեզ, այն է՝ սիրես քո Տէր Աստծուն, պաշտես նրան քո ամբողջ հոգով ու քո ամբողջ էութեամբ,
13 Ուստի եթէ ուշադրութեամբ մտիկ ընէք իմ պատուիրանքներս, որոնք այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ ու ձեր Տէր Աստուածը սիրէք եւ զանիկա ձեր բոլոր սրտովը ու բոլոր հոգիովը պաշտէք,
Եւ եթէ լսելով լուիցես [201]ամենայն պատուիրանաց նորա`` զոր ես պատուիրեմ քեզ այսօր, սիրել զՏէր Աստուած քո եւ պաշտել զնա յամենայն սրտէ քումմէ, եւ յամենայն անձնէ քումմէ:

11:13: Եւ եթէ լսելով լուիցես ամենայն պատուիրանաց նորա զոր ե՛ս պատուիրեմ քեզ այսօր, սիրե՛լ զՏէր Աստուած քո եւ պաշտե՛լ զնա յամենայն սրտէ քումմէ, եւ յամենայն անձնէ քումմէ։
13 Եթէ ուշադրութեամբ լսես նրա բոլոր պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ քեզ, այն է՝ սիրես քո Տէր Աստծուն, պաշտես նրան քո ամբողջ հոգով ու քո ամբողջ էութեամբ,
13 Ուստի եթէ ուշադրութեամբ մտիկ ընէք իմ պատուիրանքներս, որոնք այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ ու ձեր Տէր Աստուածը սիրէք եւ զանիկա ձեր բոլոր սրտովը ու բոլոր հոգիովը պաշտէք,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1313: Если вы будете слушать заповеди Мои, которые заповедую вам сегодня, любить Господа, Бога вашего, и служить Ему от всего сердца вашего и от всей души вашей,
11:13 ἐὰν εαν and if; unless δὲ δε though; while ἀκοῇ ακοη hearing; report εἰσακούσητε εισακουω heed; listen to πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin σοι σοι you σήμερον σημερον today; present ἀγαπᾶν αγαπαω love κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεόν θεος God σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even λατρεύειν λατρευω employed by αὐτῷ αυτος he; him ἐξ εκ from; out of ὅλης ολος whole; wholly τῆς ο the καρδίας καρδια heart σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even ἐξ εκ from; out of ὅλης ολος whole; wholly τῆς ο the ψυχῆς ψυχη soul σου σου of you; your
11:13 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָ֗ה hāyˈā היה be אִם־ ʔim- אִם if שָׁמֹ֤עַ šāmˈōₐʕ שׁמע hear תִּשְׁמְעוּ֙ tišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מִצְוֹתַ֔י miṣwōṯˈay מִצְוָה commandment אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day לְ lᵊ לְ to אַהֲבָ֞ה ʔahᵃvˈā אהב love אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙ ʔᵉlˈōhêḵem אֱלֹהִים god(s) וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to עָבְדֹ֔ו ʕāvᵊḏˈô עבד work, serve בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole לְבַבְכֶ֖ם lᵊvavᵊḵˌem לֵבָב heart וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole נַפְשְׁכֶֽם׃ nafšᵊḵˈem נֶפֶשׁ soul
11:13. si ergo oboedieritis mandatis meis quae hodie praecipio vobis ut diligatis Dominum Deum vestrum et serviatis ei in toto corde vestro et in tota anima vestraIf then you obey my commandments, which I command you this day, that you love the Lord your God, and serve him with all your heart, and with all your soul:
13. And it shall come to pass, if ye shall hearken diligently unto my commandments which I command you this day, to love the LORD your God, and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul,
11:13. So then, if you obey my commandments, which I am instructing to you this day, so that you love the Lord your God, and serve him with your whole heart and your whole soul,
11:13. And it shall come to pass, if ye shall hearken diligently unto my commandments which I command you this day, to love the LORD your God, and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul,
And it shall come to pass, if ye shall hearken diligently unto my commandments which I command you this day, to love the LORD your God, and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul:

13: Если вы будете слушать заповеди Мои, которые заповедую вам сегодня, любить Господа, Бога вашего, и служить Ему от всего сердца вашего и от всей души вашей,
11:13
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
δὲ δε though; while
ἀκοῇ ακοη hearing; report
εἰσακούσητε εισακουω heed; listen to
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
σοι σοι you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ἀγαπᾶν αγαπαω love
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεόν θεος God
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
λατρεύειν λατρευω employed by
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ὅλης ολος whole; wholly
τῆς ο the
καρδίας καρδια heart
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
ἐξ εκ from; out of
ὅλης ολος whole; wholly
τῆς ο the
ψυχῆς ψυχη soul
σου σου of you; your
11:13
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָ֗ה hāyˈā היה be
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
שָׁמֹ֤עַ šāmˈōₐʕ שׁמע hear
תִּשְׁמְעוּ֙ tišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מִצְוֹתַ֔י miṣwōṯˈay מִצְוָה commandment
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אַהֲבָ֞ה ʔahᵃvˈā אהב love
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהוָ֤ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶם֙ ʔᵉlˈōhêḵem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
עָבְדֹ֔ו ʕāvᵊḏˈô עבד work, serve
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
לְבַבְכֶ֖ם lᵊvavᵊḵˌem לֵבָב heart
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
נַפְשְׁכֶֽם׃ nafšᵊḵˈem נֶפֶשׁ soul
11:13. si ergo oboedieritis mandatis meis quae hodie praecipio vobis ut diligatis Dominum Deum vestrum et serviatis ei in toto corde vestro et in tota anima vestra
If then you obey my commandments, which I command you this day, that you love the Lord your God, and serve him with all your heart, and with all your soul:
11:13. So then, if you obey my commandments, which I am instructing to you this day, so that you love the Lord your God, and serve him with your whole heart and your whole soul,
11:13. And it shall come to pass, if ye shall hearken diligently unto my commandments which I command you this day, to love the LORD your God, and to serve him with all your heart and with all your soul,
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ kad▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:13: diligently: Deu 11:8, Deu 11:22, Deu 6:17; Psa 119:4
to love: Deu 4:29, Deu 6:5, Deu 6:6, Deu 10:12
Carl Friedrich Keil and Franz Delitzsch
11:13
This peculiarity in the land of Canaan led Moses to close the first part of his discourse on the law, his exhortation to fear and love the Lord, with a reference to the blessing that would follow the faithful fulfilment of the law, and a threat of the curse which would attend apostasy to idolatry.
Deut 11:13-15
If Israel would serve its God in love and faithfulness, He would give the land early and latter rain in its season, and therewith a plentiful supply of food for man and beast (see Lev 26:3 and Lev 26:5; and for the further expansion of this blessing, Deut 28:1-12).
Deut 11:16-25
But if, on the other hand, their heart was foolish to turn away from the Lord and serve other gods, the wrath of the Lord would burn against them, and God would shut up the heaven, that no rain should fall and the earth should yield no produce, and they would speedily perish (cf. Lev 26:19-20, and Deut 28:23-24). Let them therefore impress the words now set before them very deeply upon themselves and their children (Deut 11:18-21, in which there is in part a verbal repetition of Deut 6:6-9). The words, "as the days of the heaven above the earth," i.e., as long as the heaven continues above the earth, - in other words, to all eternity (cf. Ps 89:30; Job. Deut 14:12), - belong to the main sentence, "that your days may be multiplied," etc. (Deut 11:21). "The promise to give the land to Israel for ever was not made unconditionally; an unconditional promise is precluded by the words, 'that your days may be multiplied'" (Schultz). (For further remarks, see at Deut 30:3-5.) For (Deut 11:22-25) if they adhered faithfully to the Lord, He would drive out before them all the nations that dwelt in the land, and would give them the land upon which they trod in all its length and breadth, and so fill the Canaanites with fear and terror before them, that no one should be able to stand against them. (On Deut 11:23, cf. Deut 7:1-2; Deut 9:1, and Deut 1:28.) The words, "every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours," are defined more precisely, and restricted to the land of Canaan on both sides of the Jordan by the boundaries which follow: "from the desert (of Arabia on the south), and Lebanon (on the north), and from the river Euphrates (on the east) to the hinder sea" (the Mediterranean on the west; see Num 34:6). The Euphrates is given as the eastern boundary, as in Deut 1:7, according to the promise in Gen 15:18. (On Deut 11:25, cf. Deut 7:24; Deut 2:25, and Ex 23:27.)
Deut 11:26-30
Concluding summary. "I set before you this day the blessing and the curse." The blessing, if (אשׁר, ὅτε, as in Lev 4:22) ye hearken to the commandments of your God; the curse, if ye do not give heed to them, but turn aside from the way pointed out to you, to go after other gods. To this there are added instructions in Deut 11:29 and Deut 11:30, that when they took possession of the land they should give the blessing upon Mount Gerizim and the curse upon Mount Ebal, i.e., should give utterance to them there, and as it were transfer them to the land to be apportioned to its inhabitants according to their attitude towards the Lord their God. (For further comment, see at Deut 27:14.) The two mountains mentioned were selected for this act, no doubt because they were opposite to one another, and stood, each about 2500 feet high, in the very centre of the land not only from west to east, but also from north to south. Ebal stands upon the north side, Gerizim upon the south; between the two is Sichem, the present Nabulus, in a tolerably elevated valley, fertile, attractive, and watered by many springs, which runs from the south-east to the north-west from the foot of Gerizim to that of Ebal, and is about 1600 feet in breadth. The blessing was to be uttered upon Gerizim, and the curse upon Ebal; though not, as the earlier commentators supposed, because the peculiarities of these mountains, viz., the fertility of Gerizim and the barrenness of Ebal, appeared to accord with this arrangement: for when seen from the valley between, "the sides of both these mountains are equally naked and sterile;" and "the only exception in favour of the former is a small ravine coming down, opposite the west end of the town, which is indeed full of foundations and trees" (Rob. Pal. iii. 96, 97). The reason for selecting Gerizim for the blessings was probably, as Schultz supposes, the fact that it was situated on the south, towards the region of the light. "Light and blessing are essentially one. From the light-giving face of God there come blessing and life (Ps 16:11)." - In Deut 11:30 the situation of these mountains is more clearly defined: they were "on the other side of the Jordan," i.e., in the land to the west of the Jordan, "behind the way of the sunset," i.e., on the other side of the road of the west, which runs through the land on the west of the Jordan, just as another such road runs through the land on the east (Knobel). The reference is to the main road which ran from Upper Asia through Canaan to Egypt, as was shown by the journeys of Abraham and Jacob (Gen 12:6; Gen 33:17-18). Even at the present day the main road leads from Beisan to Jerusalem round the east side of Ebal into the valley of Sichem, and then again eastwards from Gerizim through the Mukra valley on towards the south (cf. Rib. iii. 94; Ritter, Erdkunde, xvi. pp. 658-9). "In the land of the Canaanite who dwells in the Arabah." By the Arabah, Knobel understands the plain of Nabulus, which is not much less than four hours' journey long, and on an average from a half to three-quarters broad, "the largest of all upon the elevated tract of land between the western plain and the valley of the Jordan" (Rob. iii. p. 101). This is decidedly wrong, however, as it is opposed to the fixed use of the word, and irreconcilable with the character of this plain, which, Robinson says, "is cultivated throughout and covered with the rich green of millet intermingled with the yellow of the ripe corn, which the country people were just reaping" (Pal. iii. 93). The Arabah is the western portion of the Ghor (see at Deut 1:1), and is mentioned here as that portion of the land on the west of the Jordan which lay stretched out before the eyes of the Israelites who were encamped in the steppes of Moab. "Over against Gilgal," i.e., not the southern Gilgal between Jericho and the Jordan, which received its name for the first time in Josh 4:20 and Josh 5:9; but probably the Gilgal mentioned in Josh 9:6; Josh 10:6., and very frequently in the history of Samuel, Elijah, and Elisha, which is only about twelve and a half miles from Gerizim in a southern direction, and has been preserved in the large village of Jiljilia to the south-west of Sinjil, and which stands in such an elevated position, "close to the western brow of the high mountain tract," that you "have here a very extensive prospect over the great lower plain, and also over the sea, whilst the mountains of Gilead are seen in the east" (Rob. Pal. iii. 81). Judging from this description of the situation, Mount Gerizim must be visible from this Gilgal, so that Gerizim and Ebal might very well be described as over against Gilgal.
(Note: There is much less ground for the opinion of Winer, Knobel, and Schultz, that Gilgal is the Jiljule mentioned by Robinson (Pal. iii. 47; and Bibl. Researches, p. 138), which evidently corresponds to the Galgula placed by Eusebius and Jerome six Roman miles from Antipatris, and is situated to the south-east of Kefr Saba (Antipatris), on the road from Egypt to Damascus. For this place is not only farther from Gerizim and Ebal, viz., about seventeen miles, but from its position in the lowland by the sea-shore it presents no salient point for determining the situation of the mountains of Gerizim and Ebal. Still less can we agree with Knobel, who speaks of the village of Kilkilia, to the north-east of Kefr Saba, as the name itself has nothing in common with Gilgal.)
The last definition, "beside the terebinths of Moreh," is intended no doubt to call to mind the consecration of that locality even from the times of the patriarchs (Schultz: see at Gen 12:6, and Gen 35:4).
Deut 11:31-32
Deut 11:31-32 contain the reason for these instructions, founded upon the assurance that the Israelites were going over the Jordan and would take possession of the promised land, and should therefore take care to keep the commandments of the Lord (cf. Deut 4:5-6).
John Gill
11:13 And it shall come to pass, if you shall hearken diligently unto my commandments which I command you this day,.... In the name, and by the authority of the Lord, the only lawgiver:
to love the Lord your God, and to serve him with all your heart, and with all your soul; see Deut 10:12. Jarchi interprets this of prayer; but it is not to be restrained to that only, but includes the whole service of God, in all the parts of it, performed from a principle of love to him, and in sincerity and truth.
11:1411:14: Տացէ՛ անձրեւ երկրին ձերում ՚ի ժամանակի իւրում զկանո՛ւխ եւ զանագան. եւ ժողովեսցես զցորեան քո եւ զգինի քո եւ զեւղ քո[1795]. [1795] Ոմանք. Եւ տացէ... երկրին ձերոյ։
14 ապա նա ձեր երկրին կը տայ ըստ ժամանակի պահանջուող առաջին ու վերջին անձրեւը, որպէսզի կարողանաս ամբարել քո ցորենը, գինին ու իւղը:
14 Այն ատեն ձեր երկրին անձրեւը, առաջին ու վերջին անձրեւը, իրենց ատենին պիտի տամ եւ քու ցորենդ, քու գինիդ ու քու իւղդ պիտի հաւաքես։
[202]տացէ անձրեւ երկրին ձերում ի ժամանակի իւրում զկանուխ եւ զանագան, եւ ժողովեսցես զցորեան քո եւ զգինի քո եւ զեւղ քո:

11:14: Տացէ՛ անձրեւ երկրին ձերում ՚ի ժամանակի իւրում զկանո՛ւխ եւ զանագան. եւ ժողովեսցես զցորեան քո եւ զգինի քո եւ զեւղ քո[1795].
[1795] Ոմանք. Եւ տացէ... երկրին ձերոյ։
14 ապա նա ձեր երկրին կը տայ ըստ ժամանակի պահանջուող առաջին ու վերջին անձրեւը, որպէսզի կարողանաս ամբարել քո ցորենը, գինին ու իւղը:
14 Այն ատեն ձեր երկրին անձրեւը, առաջին ու վերջին անձրեւը, իրենց ատենին պիտի տամ եւ քու ցորենդ, քու գինիդ ու քու իւղդ պիտի հաւաքես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1414: то дам земле вашей дождь в свое время, ранний и поздний; и ты соберешь хлеб твой и вино твое и елей твой;
11:14 καὶ και and; even δώσει διδωμι give; deposit τὸν ο the ὑετὸν υετος rain τῇ ο the γῇ γη earth; land σου σου of you; your καθ᾿ κατα down; by ὥραν ωρα hour πρόιμον πρωιμος early καὶ και and; even ὄψιμον οψιμος late καὶ και and; even εἰσοίσεις εισφερω bring in τὸν ο the σῖτόν σιτος wheat σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the οἶνόν οινος wine σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even τὸ ο the ἔλαιόν ελαιον oil σου σου of you; your
11:14 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתִּ֧י nāṯattˈî נתן give מְטַֽר־ mᵊṭˈar- מָטָר rain אַרְצְכֶ֛ם ʔarṣᵊḵˈem אֶרֶץ earth בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עִתֹּ֖ו ʕittˌô עֵת time יֹורֶ֣ה yôrˈeh יֹורֶה early rain וּ û וְ and מַלְקֹ֑ושׁ malqˈôš מַלְקֹושׁ spring-rain וְ wᵊ וְ and אָסַפְתָּ֣ ʔāsaftˈā אסף gather דְגָנֶ֔ךָ ḏᵊḡānˈeḵā דָּגָן corn וְ wᵊ וְ and תִֽירֹשְׁךָ֖ ṯˈîrōšᵊḵˌā תִּירֹושׁ wine וְ wᵊ וְ and יִצְהָרֶֽךָ׃ yiṣhārˈeḵā יִצְהָר oil
11:14. dabo pluviam terrae vestrae temporivam et serotinam ut colligatis frumentum et vinum et oleumHe will give to your land the early rain and the latter rain, that you may gather in your corn, and your wine, and your oil,
14. that I will give the rain of your land in its season, the former rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil.
11:14. he will give to your land the early rain and the late rain, so that you may gather your grain, and your wine, and your oil,
11:14. That I will give [you] the rain of your land in his due season, the first rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil.
That I will give [you] the rain of your land in his due season, the first rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil:

14: то дам земле вашей дождь в свое время, ранний и поздний; и ты соберешь хлеб твой и вино твое и елей твой;
11:14
καὶ και and; even
δώσει διδωμι give; deposit
τὸν ο the
ὑετὸν υετος rain
τῇ ο the
γῇ γη earth; land
σου σου of you; your
καθ᾿ κατα down; by
ὥραν ωρα hour
πρόιμον πρωιμος early
καὶ και and; even
ὄψιμον οψιμος late
καὶ και and; even
εἰσοίσεις εισφερω bring in
τὸν ο the
σῖτόν σιτος wheat
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
οἶνόν οινος wine
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
τὸ ο the
ἔλαιόν ελαιον oil
σου σου of you; your
11:14
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתִּ֧י nāṯattˈî נתן give
מְטַֽר־ mᵊṭˈar- מָטָר rain
אַרְצְכֶ֛ם ʔarṣᵊḵˈem אֶרֶץ earth
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עִתֹּ֖ו ʕittˌô עֵת time
יֹורֶ֣ה yôrˈeh יֹורֶה early rain
וּ û וְ and
מַלְקֹ֑ושׁ malqˈôš מַלְקֹושׁ spring-rain
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָסַפְתָּ֣ ʔāsaftˈā אסף gather
דְגָנֶ֔ךָ ḏᵊḡānˈeḵā דָּגָן corn
וְ wᵊ וְ and
תִֽירֹשְׁךָ֖ ṯˈîrōšᵊḵˌā תִּירֹושׁ wine
וְ wᵊ וְ and
יִצְהָרֶֽךָ׃ yiṣhārˈeḵā יִצְהָר oil
11:14. dabo pluviam terrae vestrae temporivam et serotinam ut colligatis frumentum et vinum et oleum
He will give to your land the early rain and the latter rain, that you may gather in your corn, and your wine, and your oil,
11:14. he will give to your land the early rain and the late rain, so that you may gather your grain, and your wine, and your oil,
11:14. That I will give [you] the rain of your land in his due season, the first rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
14: Под именем «дождя раннего» разумеется осенний (в начале еврейского гражданского года) дождь, необходимый для всходов; под именем «дождя позднего» — весенний, способствующий наливанию зерна и плодов.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:14: The rain - in his due season, the first rain and the latter rain - By the first or former rain we are to understand that which fell in Judea about November, when they sowed their seed, and this served to moisten and prepare the ground for the vegetation of the seed. The latter rain fell about April, when the corn was well grown up, and served to fill the ears, and render them plump and perfect. Rain rarely fell in Judea at any other seasons than these. If the former rain were withheld, or not sent in due season, there could be no vegetation: if the latter rain were withheld, or not sent in its due season, there could be no full corn in the ear, and consequently no harvest. Of what consequence then was it that they should have their rain in due season! God, by promising this provided they were obedient, and threatening to withhold it should they be disobedient, shows that it is not a general providence that directs these things, but that the very rain of heaven falls by particular direction, and the showers are often regulated by an especial providence.
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
11:14: The first rain and the latter rain - The former is the proper term for the autumn rain, falling about the time of sowing, and which may be named "the former," as occurring in the early part of the Hebrew civil year, namely, in October and November. The other word is applied to the spring rain, which falls in March and April, because it fits the earth for the ingathering of harvest. Between these two wet periods, and except them, there was little or no rain in Canaan.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:14: Deu 28:12; Lev 26:4; Job 5:10, Job 5:11, Job 37:11-13; Psa 65:9-13; Jer 14:22; Eze 34:26; Joe 2:22, Joe 2:23; Jam 5:7
Geneva 1599
11:14 That I will give [you] the rain of your land in his due season, (e) the first rain and the latter rain, that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil.
(e) In the seed time, and toward harvest.
John Gill
11:14 That I will give you the rain of your land in his due season,.... Such a quantity of it as the land required, a sufficiency of it to make it fruitful, and that in proper time:
the first rain and the latter rain; the former rain in Marchesvan, the latter rain in Nisan, as the Targum of Jonathan; the first fell about our October, which was at or quickly after seedtime, to water the seed that it might take root, and grow and spring up; and the latter fell about March, a little before harvest, to ripen the corn, and swell and plump the ears of it, and make them yield more and better; See Gill on Joel 2:23,
that thou mayest gather in thy corn, and thy wine, and thine oil; which were the principal things the land afforded for the sustenance of men; bread corn, the stay and staff of human life, and which strengthens man's heart, and makes him fit for labour; wine, which is his drink, and makes the heart of man glad and cheerful; and oil, which in these countries was used instead of butter, and was fattening, and made the face to shine, Ps 104:15. The ingathering of these fruits were at different times; the barley harvest first, the wheat harvest next, and after that the vintage, and the gathering of the olives; and by means of rain in due season they were favoured with each of these.
John Wesley
11:14 The ruin of your land - Which is, proper to your land, not common to Egypt, where, as all authors agree, there is little rain. The first rain fell in seed time, to make the corn spring, the other a little before harvest, to ripen it.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:14 the first rain and the latter rain--The early rain commenced in autumn, that is, chiefly during the months of September and October, while the latter rain fell in the spring of the year, that is, during the months of March and April. It is true that occasional showers fell all the winter; but, at the autumnal and vernal seasons, they were more frequent, copious, and important; for the early rain was necessary, after a hot and protracted summer, to prepare the soil for receiving the seed; and the latter rain, which shortly preceded the harvest, was of the greatest use in invigorating the languishing powers of vegetation (Jer 5:24; Joel 2:23; Amos 4:7; Jas 5:7).
11:1511:15: եւ տացէ խո՛տ յանդս քո անասնոյ քում. եւ կերիցես եւ յագեսցիս։
15 Նա քո դաշտերին խոտ կը տայ քո անասունի համար: Կ’ուտես եւ կը յագենաս:
15 Նաեւ քու արտիդ մէջ խոտ պիտի տամ անասուններուդ համար, որպէս զի ուտեն ու կշտանան։
Եւ [203]տացէ խոտ յանդս քո անասնոյ քում, եւ կերիցես եւ յագեսցիս:

11:15: եւ տացէ խո՛տ յանդս քո անասնոյ քում. եւ կերիցես եւ յագեսցիս։
15 Նա քո դաշտերին խոտ կը տայ քո անասունի համար: Կ’ուտես եւ կը յագենաս:
15 Նաեւ քու արտիդ մէջ խոտ պիտի տամ անասուններուդ համար, որպէս զի ուտեն ու կշտանան։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1515: и дам траву на поле твоем для скота твоего, и будешь есть и насыщаться.
11:15 καὶ και and; even δώσει διδωμι give; deposit χορτάσματα χορτασμα sustenance; fodder ἐν εν in τοῖς ο the ἀγροῖς αγρος field σου σου of you; your τοῖς ο the κτήνεσίν κτηνος livestock; animal σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even φαγὼν εσθιω eat; consume καὶ και and; even ἐμπλησθεὶς εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up
11:15 וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתִּ֛י nāṯattˈî נתן give עֵ֥שֶׂב ʕˌēśev עֵשֶׂב herb בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שָׂדְךָ֖ śāḏᵊḵˌā שָׂדֶה open field לִ li לְ to בְהֶמְתֶּ֑ךָ vᵊhemtˈeḵā בְּהֵמָה cattle וְ wᵊ וְ and אָכַלְתָּ֖ ʔāḵaltˌā אכל eat וְ wᵊ וְ and שָׂבָֽעְתָּ׃ śāvˈāʕᵊttā שׂבע be sated
11:15. faenum ex agris ad pascenda iumenta et ut ipsi comedatis ac satureminiAnd your hay out of the fields to feed your cattle, and that you may eat and be filled.
15. And I will give grass in thy fields for thy cattle, and thou shalt eat and be full.
11:15. and your hay from the fields in order to feed your cattle, and so that you yourselves may eat and be satisfied.
11:15. And I will send grass in thy fields for thy cattle, that thou mayest eat and be full.
And I will send grass in thy fields for thy cattle, that thou mayest eat and be full:

15: и дам траву на поле твоем для скота твоего, и будешь есть и насыщаться.
11:15
καὶ και and; even
δώσει διδωμι give; deposit
χορτάσματα χορτασμα sustenance; fodder
ἐν εν in
τοῖς ο the
ἀγροῖς αγρος field
σου σου of you; your
τοῖς ο the
κτήνεσίν κτηνος livestock; animal
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
φαγὼν εσθιω eat; consume
καὶ και and; even
ἐμπλησθεὶς εμπιπλημι fill in; fill up
11:15
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתִּ֛י nāṯattˈî נתן give
עֵ֥שֶׂב ʕˌēśev עֵשֶׂב herb
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שָׂדְךָ֖ śāḏᵊḵˌā שָׂדֶה open field
לִ li לְ to
בְהֶמְתֶּ֑ךָ vᵊhemtˈeḵā בְּהֵמָה cattle
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אָכַלְתָּ֖ ʔāḵaltˌā אכל eat
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שָׂבָֽעְתָּ׃ śāvˈāʕᵊttā שׂבע be sated
11:15. faenum ex agris ad pascenda iumenta et ut ipsi comedatis ac saturemini
And your hay out of the fields to feed your cattle, and that you may eat and be filled.
11:15. and your hay from the fields in order to feed your cattle, and so that you yourselves may eat and be satisfied.
11:15. And I will send grass in thy fields for thy cattle, that thou mayest eat and be full.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:15: And I will: Kg1 18:5; Psa 104:14; Jer 14:5; Joe 1:18, Joe 2:22
send: Heb. give
eat and be full: Deu 6:11, Deu 8:10; Joe 2:19; Hag 1:6; Mal 3:10, Mal 3:11
John Gill
11:15 And I will send grass in thy fields for thy cattle,.... By giving plentiful showers of rain at proper times, to cause it to spring up and grow, that so there might be food for the cattle of every sort, greater or lesser; see Ps 104:13,
that thou mayest eat and be full; which refers to the preceding verse as well as to this; and the sense is, that the Israelites might eat of and enjoy the fruits of the earth to satiety; namely, their corn, wine, and oil; and that their cattle might have grass enough to supply them with.
John Wesley
11:15 I will send grass in thy fields - So godliness has here the promise of the life which now is. But the favour of God puts gladness into the heart, more than the increase of corn, wine and oil.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:15 I will send grass in thy fields for thy cattle--Undoubtedly the special blessing of the former and the latter rain [Deut 11:14] was one principal cause of the extraordinary fertility of Canaan in ancient times. That blessing was promised to the Israelites as a temporal reward for their fidelity to the national covenant [Deut 11:13]. It was threatened to be withdrawn on their disobedience or apostasy; and most signally is the execution of that threatening seen in the present sterility of Palestine. MR. LOWTHIAN, an English farmer, who was struck during his journey from Joppa to Jerusalem by not seeing a blade of grass, where even in the poorest localities of Britain some wild vegetation is found, directed his attention particularly to the subject, and pursued the inquiry during a month's residence in Jerusalem, where he learned that a miserably small quantity of milk is daily sold to the inhabitants at a dear rate, and that chiefly asses' milk. "Most clearly," says he, "did I perceive that the barrenness of large portions of the country was owing to the cessation of the early and latter rain, and that the absence of grass and flowers made it no longer the land (Deut 11:9) flowing with milk and honey."
11:1611:16: Հայեցարո՛ւք յանձինս ձեր, գուցէ՛ յուլանայցեն սիրտք ձեր եւ յանցանիցէք, եւ պաշտիցէք զաստուածս օտարս. եւ երկի՛ր պագանիցէք նոցա[1796]։ [1796] Ոմանք. Յուլանայցէ սիրտ ձեր։
16 Զգո՛յշ եղէք, չլինի թէ ամբարտաւանանան ձեր հոգիները, մեղք գործէք, օտար աստուածներ պաշտէք ու երկրպագէք նրանց:
16 Ձեր անձերուն զգուշութիւն ըրէք, չըլլայ թէ ձեր սիրտը խաբուի ու դուք շիտակ ճամբայէն խոտորելով օտար աստուածներ պաշտէք ու անոնց երկրպագութիւն ընէք։
Հայեցարուք յանձինս ձեր, գուցէ յուլանայցեն սիրտք ձեր եւ յանցանիցէք եւ պաշտիցէք զաստուածս օտարս, եւ երկիր պագանիցէք նոցա:

11:16: Հայեցարո՛ւք յանձինս ձեր, գուցէ՛ յուլանայցեն սիրտք ձեր եւ յանցանիցէք, եւ պաշտիցէք զաստուածս օտարս. եւ երկի՛ր պագանիցէք նոցա[1796]։
[1796] Ոմանք. Յուլանայցէ սիրտ ձեր։
16 Զգո՛յշ եղէք, չլինի թէ ամբարտաւանանան ձեր հոգիները, մեղք գործէք, օտար աստուածներ պաշտէք ու երկրպագէք նրանց:
16 Ձեր անձերուն զգուշութիւն ըրէք, չըլլայ թէ ձեր սիրտը խաբուի ու դուք շիտակ ճամբայէն խոտորելով օտար աստուածներ պաշտէք ու անոնց երկրպագութիւն ընէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1616: Берегитесь, чтобы не обольстилось сердце ваше, и вы не уклонились и не стали служить иным богам и не поклонились им;
11:16 πρόσεχε προσεχω pay attention; beware σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself μὴ μη not πλατυνθῇ πλατυνω broaden ἡ ο the καρδία καρδια heart σου σου of you; your καὶ και and; even παραβῆτε παραβαινω transgress; overstep καὶ και and; even λατρεύσητε λατρευω employed by θεοῖς θεος God ἑτέροις ετερος different; alternate καὶ και and; even προσκυνήσητε προσκυνεω worship αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
11:16 הִשָּֽׁמְר֣וּ hiššˈāmᵊrˈû שׁמר keep לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to פֶּ֥ן pˌen פֶּן lest יִפְתֶּ֖ה yiftˌeh פתה seduce לְבַבְכֶ֑ם lᵊvavᵊḵˈem לֵבָב heart וְ wᵊ וְ and סַרְתֶּ֗ם sartˈem סור turn aside וַ wa וְ and עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ ʕᵃvaḏtˌem עבד work, serve אֱלֹהִ֣ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲחֵרִ֔ים ʔᵃḥērˈîm אַחֵר other וְ wᵊ וְ and הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם hištaḥᵃwîṯˌem חוה bow down לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
11:16. cavete ne forte decipiatur cor vestrum et recedatis a Domino serviatisque diis alienis et adoretis eosBeware lest perhaps your heart be deceived, and you depart from the Lord, and serve strange gods, and adore them:
16. Take heed to yourselves, lest your heart be deceived, and ye turn aside, and serve other gods, and worship them;
11:16. Be careful, lest perhaps your heart may be deceived, and you might withdraw from the Lord, and serve strange gods, and adore them.
11:16. Take heed to yourselves, that your heart be not deceived, and ye turn aside, and serve other gods, and worship them;
Take heed to yourselves, that your heart be not deceived, and ye turn aside, and serve other gods, and worship them:

16: Берегитесь, чтобы не обольстилось сердце ваше, и вы не уклонились и не стали служить иным богам и не поклонились им;
11:16
πρόσεχε προσεχω pay attention; beware
σεαυτῷ σεαυτου of yourself
μὴ μη not
πλατυνθῇ πλατυνω broaden
ο the
καρδία καρδια heart
σου σου of you; your
καὶ και and; even
παραβῆτε παραβαινω transgress; overstep
καὶ και and; even
λατρεύσητε λατρευω employed by
θεοῖς θεος God
ἑτέροις ετερος different; alternate
καὶ και and; even
προσκυνήσητε προσκυνεω worship
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
11:16
הִשָּֽׁמְר֣וּ hiššˈāmᵊrˈû שׁמר keep
לָכֶ֔ם lāḵˈem לְ to
פֶּ֥ן pˌen פֶּן lest
יִפְתֶּ֖ה yiftˌeh פתה seduce
לְבַבְכֶ֑ם lᵊvavᵊḵˈem לֵבָב heart
וְ wᵊ וְ and
סַרְתֶּ֗ם sartˈem סור turn aside
וַ wa וְ and
עֲבַדְתֶּם֙ ʕᵃvaḏtˌem עבד work, serve
אֱלֹהִ֣ים ʔᵉlōhˈîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲחֵרִ֔ים ʔᵃḥērˈîm אַחֵר other
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הִשְׁתַּחֲוִיתֶ֖ם hištaḥᵃwîṯˌem חוה bow down
לָהֶֽם׃ lāhˈem לְ to
11:16. cavete ne forte decipiatur cor vestrum et recedatis a Domino serviatisque diis alienis et adoretis eos
Beware lest perhaps your heart be deceived, and you depart from the Lord, and serve strange gods, and adore them:
11:16. Be careful, lest perhaps your heart may be deceived, and you might withdraw from the Lord, and serve strange gods, and adore them.
11:16. Take heed to yourselves, that your heart be not deceived, and ye turn aside, and serve other gods, and worship them;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:16: Take heed: Deu 4:9, Deu 4:23; Luk 21:8, Luk 21:34, Luk 21:36; Heb 2:1, Heb 3:12, Heb 4:1, Heb 12:15
your heart: Deu 13:3, Deu 29:18; Job 31:27; Isa 44:20; Jam 1:26; Jo1 5:21; Rev 12:9; Rev 13:14, Rev 20:4
and serve: Deu 8:19, Deu 30:17
Geneva 1599
11:16 Take heed to yourselves, that your heart be not (f) deceived, and ye turn aside, and serve other gods, and worship them;
(f) By devising foolish devotions according to your own fantasies.
John Gill
11:16 Take heed to yourselves, that your heart be not deceived,.... By observing the influence of the heavens upon the fruitfulness of the earth, and so be drawn to the worship of the host of them, the sun, moon, and stars; or by the examples of nations round about them; and by the plausible arguments they may make use of, taken from the traditions of ancestors, from antiquity, and the consent of nations, and the great numbers of worshippers, and the like:
and ye turn aside; from the true God, and the worship of him; or from the law, as Jarchi, which directs to the worship of one God, and forbids idolatry, or the worshipping of images:
and serve other gods, and worship them; other gods than the one only living and true God; gods that made not the heavens and the earth, and which cannot give rain, nor any blessing and mercy of life, nor help and deliver their worshippers when in distress.
11:1711:17: Եւ սրտմտեալ բարկանայցէ Տէր ՚ի վերայ ձեր, եւ արգելուցո՛ւ զերկինս՝ եւ ո՛չ լինիցի անձրեւ, եւ երկիր ո՛չ տացէ զպտուղ իւր. եւ կորնչիցի՛ք արագ արագ յերկրէն բարութեան՝ զոր ե՛տ ձեզ Տէր։
17 Այն ժամանակ Տէրը խիստ կը զայրանայ ձեզ վրայ, արգելք կը դնի երկնքի վրայ, անձրեւ չի լինի, հողն իր բերքը չի տայ, եւ դուք շատ արագ կը կորչէք այս լաւ երկրից, որ Տէրը տուել է ձեզ:
17 Տէրը ձեզի դէմ սաստիկ բարկանալով երկինքը կը գոցէ, որպէս զի անձրեւ չգայ ու երկիր իր պտուղը չտայ եւ Տէրոջը ձեզի տուած բարի երկրէն շուտով կորսուիք։
եւ սրտմտեալ բարկանայցէ Տէր ի վերայ ձեր, եւ արգելուցու զերկինս եւ ոչ լինիցի անձրեւ, եւ երկիր ոչ տացէ զպտուղ իւր, եւ կորնչիցիք արագ արագ յերկրէն բարութեան զոր ետ ձեզ Տէր:

11:17: Եւ սրտմտեալ բարկանայցէ Տէր ՚ի վերայ ձեր, եւ արգելուցո՛ւ զերկինս՝ եւ ո՛չ լինիցի անձրեւ, եւ երկիր ո՛չ տացէ զպտուղ իւր. եւ կորնչիցի՛ք արագ արագ յերկրէն բարութեան՝ զոր ե՛տ ձեզ Տէր։
17 Այն ժամանակ Տէրը խիստ կը զայրանայ ձեզ վրայ, արգելք կը դնի երկնքի վրայ, անձրեւ չի լինի, հողն իր բերքը չի տայ, եւ դուք շատ արագ կը կորչէք այս լաւ երկրից, որ Տէրը տուել է ձեզ:
17 Տէրը ձեզի դէմ սաստիկ բարկանալով երկինքը կը գոցէ, որպէս զի անձրեւ չգայ ու երկիր իր պտուղը չտայ եւ Տէրոջը ձեզի տուած բարի երկրէն շուտով կորսուիք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1717: и тогда воспламенится гнев Господа на вас, и заключит Он небо, и не будет дождя, и земля не принесет произведений своих, и вы скоро погибнете с доброй земли, которую Господь дает вам.
11:17 καὶ και and; even θυμωθεὶς θυμοω provoke; be / get angry ὀργῇ οργη passion; temperament κύριος κυριος lord; master ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ὑμῖν υμιν you καὶ και and; even συσχῇ συνεχω block up / in; confine τὸν ο the οὐρανόν ουρανος sky; heaven καὶ και and; even οὐκ ου not ἔσται ειμι be ὑετός υετος rain καὶ και and; even ἡ ο the γῆ γη earth; land οὐ ου not δώσει διδωμι give; deposit τὸν ο the καρπὸν καρπος.1 fruit αὐτῆς αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even ἀπολεῖσθε απολλυμι destroy; lose ἐν εν in τάχει ταχυς quick ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land τῆς ο the ἀγαθῆς αγαθος good ἧς ος who; what ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit ὁ ο the κύριος κυριος lord; master ὑμῖν υμιν you
11:17 וְ wᵊ וְ and חָרָ֨ה ḥārˌā חרה be hot אַף־ ʔaf- אַף nose יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH בָּכֶ֗ם bāḵˈem בְּ in וְ wᵊ וְ and עָצַ֤ר ʕāṣˈar עצר restrain אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens וְ wᵊ וְ and לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be מָטָ֔ר māṭˈār מָטָר rain וְ wᵊ וְ and הָ֣ hˈā הַ the אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not תִתֵּ֖ן ṯittˌēn נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְבוּלָ֑הּ yᵊvûlˈāh יְבוּל produce וַ wa וְ and אֲבַדְתֶּ֣ם ʔᵃvaḏtˈem אבד perish מְהֵרָ֗ה mᵊhērˈā מְהֵרָה haste מֵ mē מִן from עַל֙ ʕˌal עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַ ha הַ the טֹּבָ֔ה ṭṭōvˈā טֹוב good אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
11:17. iratusque Dominus claudat caelum et pluviae non descendant nec terra det germen suum pereatisque velociter de terra optima quam Dominus daturus est vobisAnd the Lord being angry shut up heaven, that the rain come not down, nor the earth yield her fruit, and you perish quickly from the excellent land, which the Lord will give you.
17. and the anger of the LORD be kindled against you, and he shut up the heaven, that there be no rain, and that the land yield not her fruit; and ye perish quickly from off the good land which the LORD giveth you.
11:17. And the Lord, becoming angry, might close up heaven, so that the rain would not descend, nor would the earth produce her seedlings, and then you would quickly perish from the excellent land, which the Lord will give to you.
11:17. And [then] the LORD’S wrath be kindled against you, and he shut up the heaven, that there be no rain, and that the land yield not her fruit; and [lest] ye perish quickly from off the good land which the LORD giveth you.
And [then] the LORD' S wrath be kindled against you, and he shut up the heaven, that there be no rain, and that the land yield not her fruit; and [lest] ye perish quickly from off the good land which the LORD giveth you:

17: и тогда воспламенится гнев Господа на вас, и заключит Он небо, и не будет дождя, и земля не принесет произведений своих, и вы скоро погибнете с доброй земли, которую Господь дает вам.
11:17
καὶ και and; even
θυμωθεὶς θυμοω provoke; be / get angry
ὀργῇ οργη passion; temperament
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ὑμῖν υμιν you
καὶ και and; even
συσχῇ συνεχω block up / in; confine
τὸν ο the
οὐρανόν ουρανος sky; heaven
καὶ και and; even
οὐκ ου not
ἔσται ειμι be
ὑετός υετος rain
καὶ και and; even
ο the
γῆ γη earth; land
οὐ ου not
δώσει διδωμι give; deposit
τὸν ο the
καρπὸν καρπος.1 fruit
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
ἀπολεῖσθε απολλυμι destroy; lose
ἐν εν in
τάχει ταχυς quick
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
τῆς ο the
ἀγαθῆς αγαθος good
ἧς ος who; what
ἔδωκεν διδωμι give; deposit
ο the
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ὑμῖν υμιν you
11:17
וְ wᵊ וְ and
חָרָ֨ה ḥārˌā חרה be hot
אַף־ ʔaf- אַף nose
יְהוָ֜ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
בָּכֶ֗ם bāḵˈem בְּ in
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עָצַ֤ר ʕāṣˈar עצר restrain
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֨יִם֙ ššāmˈayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יִהְיֶ֣ה yihyˈeh היה be
מָטָ֔ר māṭˈār מָטָר rain
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָ֣ hˈā הַ the
אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil
לֹ֥א lˌō לֹא not
תִתֵּ֖ן ṯittˌēn נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְבוּלָ֑הּ yᵊvûlˈāh יְבוּל produce
וַ wa וְ and
אֲבַדְתֶּ֣ם ʔᵃvaḏtˈem אבד perish
מְהֵרָ֗ה mᵊhērˈā מְהֵרָה haste
מֵ מִן from
עַל֙ ʕˌal עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָ֣רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַ ha הַ the
טֹּבָ֔ה ṭṭōvˈā טֹוב good
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֖ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לָכֶֽם׃ lāḵˈem לְ to
11:17. iratusque Dominus claudat caelum et pluviae non descendant nec terra det germen suum pereatisque velociter de terra optima quam Dominus daturus est vobis
And the Lord being angry shut up heaven, that the rain come not down, nor the earth yield her fruit, and you perish quickly from the excellent land, which the Lord will give you.
11:17. And the Lord, becoming angry, might close up heaven, so that the rain would not descend, nor would the earth produce her seedlings, and then you would quickly perish from the excellent land, which the Lord will give to you.
11:17. And [then] the LORD’S wrath be kindled against you, and he shut up the heaven, that there be no rain, and that the land yield not her fruit; and [lest] ye perish quickly from off the good land which the LORD giveth you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:17: the Lord's: Deu 6:15, Deu 30:17, Deu 30:18
shut up: Deu 28:23, Deu 28:24; Kg1 8:35, Kg1 17:1; Ch2 6:26, Ch2 7:13; Jer 14:1-6; Amo 4:7; Hag 1:9-11
ye perish: Deu 4:26, Deu 8:19, Deu 8:20, Deu 30:18; Jos 23:13-16
John Gill
11:17 And then the Lord's wrath be kindled against you,.... For their idolatry, nothing being more provoking to him than that, it being contrary to his nature and being, as well as to his will, and to his honour and glory:
and he shut up the heaven, that there be no rain; the treasures and storehouses of it there, or the windows of it, the clouds, which when opened let it down, but when shut withhold it; the key of rain is one of the keys which the Jews say (k) the Lord keeps in his own hand, and with it he opens and no man shuts, and shuts and no man opens; see Deut 28:12.
and that the land yield not her fruit; which is unavoidably the case when rain is withheld:
and lest ye perish quickly from off the good land which the Lord giveth you; for if the land does not yield its fruits sufficient to support the inhabitants of it, they must in course perish.
(k) Targum Jon. in Deut. xxviii. 12.
John Wesley
11:17 Shut up the heaven - Which is compared sometimes to a great store - house wherein God lays up his treasures of rain, Job 38:22, the doors whereof God is said to open when he gives rain, and to shut when he witholds it.
11:1811:18: Եւ դիջիք զբանս զայս ՚ի սիրտս ձեր, եւ յանձինս ձեր, եւ արկջիք զնոսա նշանս ՚ի ձեռս ձեր. եւ եղիցին անշա՛րժ առաջի աչաց ձերոց[1797]։ [1797] Ոմանք. Զսոսա նշան ՚ի ձեռս ձեր։
18 Այս խօսքերը ի պահ դրէ՛ք ձեր մտքում ու ձեր հոգում: Դրանք որպէս նշան կապեցէ՛ք ձեր ձեռքերին, որ մշտապէս մնան ձեր աչքերի առջեւ:
18 «Այս իմ խօսքերս ձեր սրտին ու հոգիին մէջ պահեցէք ու զանոնք նշանի համար ձեր ձեռքերուն վրայ կապեցէք ու ճակատանոցի համար ձեր աչքերուն մէջտեղ թող ըլլան
Եւ դիջիք զբանս զայս ի սիրտս ձեր եւ յանձինս ձեր, եւ արկջիք զսոսա նշան ի ձեռս ձեր, եւ եղիցին [204]անշարժ առաջի աչաց ձերոց:

11:18: Եւ դիջիք զբանս զայս ՚ի սիրտս ձեր, եւ յանձինս ձեր, եւ արկջիք զնոսա նշանս ՚ի ձեռս ձեր. եւ եղիցին անշա՛րժ առաջի աչաց ձերոց[1797]։
[1797] Ոմանք. Զսոսա նշան ՚ի ձեռս ձեր։
18 Այս խօսքերը ի պահ դրէ՛ք ձեր մտքում ու ձեր հոգում: Դրանք որպէս նշան կապեցէ՛ք ձեր ձեռքերին, որ մշտապէս մնան ձեր աչքերի առջեւ:
18 «Այս իմ խօսքերս ձեր սրտին ու հոգիին մէջ պահեցէք ու զանոնք նշանի համար ձեր ձեռքերուն վրայ կապեցէք ու ճակատանոցի համար ձեր աչքերուն մէջտեղ թող ըլլան
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1818: Итак положите сии слова Мои в сердце ваше и в душу вашу, и навяжите их в знак на руку свою, и да будут они повязкою над глазами вашими;
11:18 καὶ και and; even ἐμβαλεῖτε εμβαλλω inject; cast in τὰ ο the ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase ταῦτα ουτος this; he εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the καρδίαν καρδια heart ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the ψυχὴν ψυχη soul ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ἀφάψετε αφαπτω he; him εἰς εις into; for σημεῖον σημειον sign ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the χειρὸς χειρ hand ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ἀσάλευτον ασαλευτος unswayable; unwavering πρὸ προ before; ahead of ὀφθαλμῶν οφθαλμος eye; sight ὑμῶν υμων your
11:18 וְ wᵊ וְ and שַׂמְתֶּם֙ śamtˌem שׂים put אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] דְּבָרַ֣י dᵊvārˈay דָּבָר word אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon לְבַבְכֶ֖ם lᵊvavᵊḵˌem לֵבָב heart וְ wᵊ וְ and עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon נַפְשְׁכֶ֑ם nafšᵊḵˈem נֶפֶשׁ soul וּ û וְ and קְשַׁרְתֶּ֨ם qᵊšartˌem קשׁר tie אֹתָ֤ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] לְ lᵊ לְ to אֹות֙ ʔôṯ אֹות sign עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon יֶדְכֶ֔ם yeḏᵊḵˈem יָד hand וְ wᵊ וְ and הָי֥וּ hāyˌû היה be לְ lᵊ לְ to טֹוטָפֹ֖ת ṭôṭāfˌōṯ טֹוטָפֹת appendage בֵּ֥ין bˌên בַּיִן interval עֵינֵיכֶֽם׃ ʕênêḵˈem עַיִן eye
11:18. ponite haec verba mea in cordibus et in animis vestris et suspendite ea pro signo in manibus et inter vestros oculos conlocateLay up these words in your hearts and minds, and hang them for a sign on your hands, and place them between your eyes.
18. Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul; and ye shall bind them for a sign upon your hand, and they shall be for frontlets between your eyes.
11:18. Place these words of mine in your hearts and minds, and hang them as a sign on your hands, and arrange them between your eyes.
11:18. Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes.
Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes:

18: Итак положите сии слова Мои в сердце ваше и в душу вашу, и навяжите их в знак на руку свою, и да будут они повязкою над глазами вашими;
11:18
καὶ και and; even
ἐμβαλεῖτε εμβαλλω inject; cast in
τὰ ο the
ῥήματα ρημα statement; phrase
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
καρδίαν καρδια heart
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
ψυχὴν ψυχη soul
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ἀφάψετε αφαπτω he; him
εἰς εις into; for
σημεῖον σημειον sign
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
χειρὸς χειρ hand
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ἀσάλευτον ασαλευτος unswayable; unwavering
πρὸ προ before; ahead of
ὀφθαλμῶν οφθαλμος eye; sight
ὑμῶν υμων your
11:18
וְ wᵊ וְ and
שַׂמְתֶּם֙ śamtˌem שׂים put
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
דְּבָרַ֣י dᵊvārˈay דָּבָר word
אֵ֔לֶּה ʔˈēlleh אֵלֶּה these
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
לְבַבְכֶ֖ם lᵊvavᵊḵˌem לֵבָב heart
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַֽל־ ʕˈal- עַל upon
נַפְשְׁכֶ֑ם nafšᵊḵˈem נֶפֶשׁ soul
וּ û וְ and
קְשַׁרְתֶּ֨ם qᵊšartˌem קשׁר tie
אֹתָ֤ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אֹות֙ ʔôṯ אֹות sign
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
יֶדְכֶ֔ם yeḏᵊḵˈem יָד hand
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָי֥וּ hāyˌû היה be
לְ lᵊ לְ to
טֹוטָפֹ֖ת ṭôṭāfˌōṯ טֹוטָפֹת appendage
בֵּ֥ין bˌên בַּיִן interval
עֵינֵיכֶֽם׃ ʕênêḵˈem עַיִן eye
11:18. ponite haec verba mea in cordibus et in animis vestris et suspendite ea pro signo in manibus et inter vestros oculos conlocate
Lay up these words in your hearts and minds, and hang them for a sign on your hands, and place them between your eyes.
11:18. Place these words of mine in your hearts and minds, and hang them as a sign on your hands, and arrange them between your eyes.
11:18. Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
18 Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul, and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes. 19 And ye shall teach them your children, speaking of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, when thou liest down, and when thou risest up. 20 And thou shalt write them upon the door posts of thine house, and upon thy gates: 21 That your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, in the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of heaven upon the earth. 22 For if ye shall diligently keep all these commandments which I command you, to do them, to love the LORD your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him; 23 Then will the LORD drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess greater nations and mightier than yourselves. 24 Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be. 25 There shall no man be able to stand before you: for the LORD your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath said unto you.
Here, I. Moses repeats the directions he had given for the guidance and assistance of the people in their obedience, and for the keeping up of religion among them (v. 18-20), which is much to the same purport with what we had before, ch. vi. 6, &c. Let us all be directed by the three rules here given:-- 1. Let our hearts be filled with the word of God: Lay up these words in your heart and in your soul. The heart must be the treasury or store-house in which the word of God must be laid up, to be used upon all occasions. We cannot expect good practices in the conversation, unless there be good thoughts, good affections, and good principles, in the heart. 2. Let our eyes be fixed upon the word of God. "Bind these words for a sign upon your hand, which is always in view (Isa. xlix. 16), and as frontlets between your eyes, which you cannot avoid the sight of; let them be as ready and familiar to you, and have your eye as constantly upon them, as if they were written upon your door-posts, and could not be overlooked either when you go out or when you come in." Thus we must lay God's judgments before us, having a constant regard to them, as the guide of our way, as the rule of our work, Ps. cxix. 30. 3. Let our tongues be employed about the word of God. Let it be the subject of our familiar discourse, wherever we are; especially with our children, who must be taught the service of God, as the one thing needful, much more needful than either the rules of decency or the calling they must live by in this world. Great care and pains must be taken to acquaint children betimes, and to affect them, with the word of God and the wondrous things of his law. Nor will any thing contribute more to the prosperity and perpetuity of religion in a nation than the good education of children: if the seed be holy, it is the substance of a land.
II. He repeats the assurances he had before given them, in God's name, of prosperity and success if they were obedient. 1. They should have a happy settlement, v. 21. Their days should be multiplied; and, when they were fulfilled, the days of their children likewise should be many, as the days of heaven, that is, Canaan should be sure to them and their heirs for ever, as long as the world stands, if they did not by their own sin throw themselves out of it. 2. It should not be in the power of their enemies to give them any disturbance, nor make them upon any account uneasy. "If you will keep God's commandments, and be careful to do your duty (v. 22), God will not only crown the labours of the husbandman with plenty of the fruits of the earth, but he will own and succeed the more glorious undertakings of the men of war. Victory shall attend your arms; which way soever they turn, God will drive out these nations, and put you in possession of their land," v. 23, 24. Their territories should be enlarged to the utmost extent of the promise, Gen. xv. 18. And all their neighbours should stand in awe of them, v. 25. Nothing contributes more to the making of a nation considerable abroad, valuable to its friends and formidable to its enemies, than religion reigning in it; for who can be against those that have God for them? And he is certainly for those that are sincerely for him, Prov. xiv. 34.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:18: Therefore shall ye lay up these my words - See Deu 6:4-8 (note), and Exo 13:9 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:18: ye lay up: Deu 6:6-9, Deu 32:46; Exo 13:9, Exo 13:16; Psa 119:11; Pro 3:1, Pro 6:20-23, Pro 7:2, Pro 7:3; Col 3:16; Heb 2:1; Pe2 1:12, Pe2 3:1, Pe2 3:2
a sign: Mat 23:5
John Gill
11:18 Therefore shall ye lay up these my words in your heart, and in your soul,.... Treasure up the laws of God delivered to them in their minds, retain them in their memories, and cherish a cordial affection for them; which would be an antidote against apostasy, idolatry, and other sins, Ps 119:11.
and bind them for a sign upon your hand, that they may be as frontlets between your eyes; of this and the two following verses; see Gill on Deut 6:7; see Gill on Deut 6:8; see Gill on Deut 6:9.
John Wesley
11:18 Lay up - Let us all observe these three rules, Let our hearts be filled with the word of God. Lay up these words in your hearts, as in a store - house, to be used upon all occasions. Let our eyes be fixed upon the word of God: Bind them for a sign upon your hand, which is always in view, and as frontlets between your eyes, which you cannot avoid the sight of. Let our tongues be employed about the word of God, especially with our children, who must be taught this, as far more needful than the rules of decency, or the calling they are to live by.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:18 lay up these my words in your heart and in your soul, and bind them--(See on Deut 6:1).
11:1911:19: Եւ ուսուսջի՛ք որդւոց ձերոց խօսել զսոսա ՚ի նստե՛լ ՚ի տան, եւ ՚ի գնա՛լ ՚ի ճանապարհի, եւ ՚ի ննջել եւ ՚ի յառնել։
19 Դուք դրանք սովորեցրէ՛ք ձեր որդիներին եւ դրանց մասին խօսեցէ՛ք տանը նստելիս ու ճանապարհ գնալիս, պառկելիս ու վեր կենալիս:
19 Եւ զանոնք ձեր տղոցը սորվեցուցէք ու տունը նստած ատենդ, ճամբան քալած ատենդ եւ պառկելու ու ելլելու ատենդ զանոնք պատմէ։
եւ [205]ուսուսջիք որդւոց ձերոց խօսել զսոսա ի նստել ի տան, եւ ի գնալ ի ճանապարհի, եւ ի ննջել եւ ի յառնել:

11:19: Եւ ուսուսջի՛ք որդւոց ձերոց խօսել զսոսա ՚ի նստե՛լ ՚ի տան, եւ ՚ի գնա՛լ ՚ի ճանապարհի, եւ ՚ի ննջել եւ ՚ի յառնել։
19 Դուք դրանք սովորեցրէ՛ք ձեր որդիներին եւ դրանց մասին խօսեցէ՛ք տանը նստելիս ու ճանապարհ գնալիս, պառկելիս ու վեր կենալիս:
19 Եւ զանոնք ձեր տղոցը սորվեցուցէք ու տունը նստած ատենդ, ճամբան քալած ատենդ եւ պառկելու ու ելլելու ատենդ զանոնք պատմէ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:1919: и учите им сыновей своих, говоря о них, когда ты сидишь в доме твоем, и когда идешь дорогою, и когда ложишься, и когда встаешь;
11:19 καὶ και and; even διδάξετε διδασκω teach αὐτὰ αυτος he; him τὰ ο the τέκνα τεκνον child ὑμῶν υμων your λαλεῖν λαλεω talk; speak αὐτὰ αυτος he; him καθημένους καθημαι sit; settle ἐν εν in οἴκῳ οικος home; household καὶ και and; even πορευομένους πορευομαι travel; go ἐν εν in ὁδῷ οδος way; journey καὶ και and; even κοιταζομένους κοιταζομαι and; even διανισταμένους διανιστημι rise up; arise
11:19 וְ wᵊ וְ and לִמַּדְתֶּ֥ם limmaḏtˌem למד learn אֹתָ֛ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker] אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] בְּנֵיכֶ֖ם bᵊnêḵˌem בֵּן son לְ lᵊ לְ to דַבֵּ֣ר ḏabbˈēr דבר speak בָּ֑ם bˈām בְּ in בְּ bᵊ בְּ in שִׁבְתְּךָ֤ šivtᵊḵˈā ישׁב sit בְּ bᵊ בְּ in בֵיתֶ֨ךָ֙ vêṯˈeḵā בַּיִת house וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in לֶכְתְּךָ֣ leḵtᵊḵˈā הלך walk בַ va בְּ in † הַ the דֶּ֔רֶךְ ddˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way וּֽ ˈû וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in שָׁכְבְּךָ֖ šoḵbᵊḵˌā שׁכב lie down וּ û וְ and בְ vᵊ בְּ in קוּמֶֽךָ׃ qûmˈeḵā קום arise
11:19. docete filios vestros ut illa meditentur quando sederis in domo tua et ambulaveris in via et accubueris atque surrexerisTeach your children that they meditate on them, when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest on the way, and when thou liest down and risest up.
19. And ye shall teach them your children, talking of them, when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, and when thou liest down, and when thou risest up.
11:19. Teach your sons to meditate on them, when you sit in your house, and when you walk along the way, and when you lie down or rise up.
11:19. And ye shall teach them your children, speaking of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, when thou liest down, and when thou risest up.
And ye shall teach them your children, speaking of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, when thou liest down, and when thou risest up:

19: и учите им сыновей своих, говоря о них, когда ты сидишь в доме твоем, и когда идешь дорогою, и когда ложишься, и когда встаешь;
11:19
καὶ και and; even
διδάξετε διδασκω teach
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
τὰ ο the
τέκνα τεκνον child
ὑμῶν υμων your
λαλεῖν λαλεω talk; speak
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
καθημένους καθημαι sit; settle
ἐν εν in
οἴκῳ οικος home; household
καὶ και and; even
πορευομένους πορευομαι travel; go
ἐν εν in
ὁδῷ οδος way; journey
καὶ και and; even
κοιταζομένους κοιταζομαι and; even
διανισταμένους διανιστημι rise up; arise
11:19
וְ wᵊ וְ and
לִמַּדְתֶּ֥ם limmaḏtˌem למד learn
אֹתָ֛ם ʔōṯˈām אֵת [object marker]
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
בְּנֵיכֶ֖ם bᵊnêḵˌem בֵּן son
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דַבֵּ֣ר ḏabbˈēr דבר speak
בָּ֑ם bˈām בְּ in
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
שִׁבְתְּךָ֤ šivtᵊḵˈā ישׁב sit
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
בֵיתֶ֨ךָ֙ vêṯˈeḵā בַּיִת house
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
לֶכְתְּךָ֣ leḵtᵊḵˈā הלך walk
בַ va בְּ in
הַ the
דֶּ֔רֶךְ ddˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
וּֽ ˈû וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
שָׁכְבְּךָ֖ šoḵbᵊḵˌā שׁכב lie down
וּ û וְ and
בְ vᵊ בְּ in
קוּמֶֽךָ׃ qûmˈeḵā קום arise
11:19. docete filios vestros ut illa meditentur quando sederis in domo tua et ambulaveris in via et accubueris atque surrexeris
Teach your children that they meditate on them, when thou sittest in thy house, and when thou walkest on the way, and when thou liest down and risest up.
11:19. Teach your sons to meditate on them, when you sit in your house, and when you walk along the way, and when you lie down or rise up.
11:19. And ye shall teach them your children, speaking of them when thou sittest in thine house, and when thou walkest by the way, when thou liest down, and when thou risest up.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:19: Deu 4:9, Deu 4:10, Deu 6:7; Psa 34:11, Psa 78:5, Psa 78:6; Pro 2:1, Pro 4:1-27; Isa 38:19
11:2011:20: Եւ գրեսջի՛ք զնոսա ՚ի վերայ սեմոց տանց ձերոց եւ ՚ի դրունս ձեր[1798]. [1798] Այլք. Եւ գրեսջիք զսոսա ՚ի։
20 Դրանք գրեցէ՛ք ձեր տների մուտքերին ու դռների վրայ,
20 Զանոնք քու տանդ դրանդիքներուն վրայ ու դռներուդ վրայ գրէ՛.
եւ գրեսջիք զսոսա ի վերայ սեմոց տանց ձերոց եւ ի դրունս ձեր:

11:20: Եւ գրեսջի՛ք զնոսա ՚ի վերայ սեմոց տանց ձերոց եւ ՚ի դրունս ձեր[1798].
[1798] Այլք. Եւ գրեսջիք զսոսա ՚ի։
20 Դրանք գրեցէ՛ք ձեր տների մուտքերին ու դռների վրայ,
20 Զանոնք քու տանդ դրանդիքներուն վրայ ու դռներուդ վրայ գրէ՛.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2020: и напиши их на косяках дома твоего и на воротах твоих,
11:20 καὶ και and; even γράψετε γραφω write αὐτὰ αυτος he; him ἐπὶ επι in; on τὰς ο the φλιὰς φλια the οἰκιῶν οικια house; household ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even τῶν ο the πυλῶν πυλη gate ὑμῶν υμων your
11:20 וּ û וְ and כְתַבְתָּ֛ם ḵᵊṯavtˈām כתב write עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon מְזוּזֹ֥ות mᵊzûzˌôṯ מְזוּזָה door-post בֵּיתֶ֖ךָ bêṯˌeḵā בַּיִת house וּ û וְ and בִ vi בְּ in שְׁעָרֶֽיךָ׃ šᵊʕārˈeʸḵā שַׁעַר gate
11:20. scribes ea super postes et ianuas domus tuaeThou shalt write them upon the posts and the doors of thy house:
20. And thou shalt write them upon the door posts of thine house, and upon thy gates:
11:20. You shall write them upon the doorposts and the gates of your house,
11:20. And thou shalt write them upon the door posts of thine house, and upon thy gates:
And thou shalt write them upon the door posts of thine house, and upon thy gates:

20: и напиши их на косяках дома твоего и на воротах твоих,
11:20
καὶ και and; even
γράψετε γραφω write
αὐτὰ αυτος he; him
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τὰς ο the
φλιὰς φλια the
οἰκιῶν οικια house; household
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
τῶν ο the
πυλῶν πυλη gate
ὑμῶν υμων your
11:20
וּ û וְ and
כְתַבְתָּ֛ם ḵᵊṯavtˈām כתב write
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
מְזוּזֹ֥ות mᵊzûzˌôṯ מְזוּזָה door-post
בֵּיתֶ֖ךָ bêṯˌeḵā בַּיִת house
וּ û וְ and
בִ vi בְּ in
שְׁעָרֶֽיךָ׃ šᵊʕārˈeʸḵā שַׁעַר gate
11:20. scribes ea super postes et ianuas domus tuae
Thou shalt write them upon the posts and the doors of thy house:
11:20. You shall write them upon the doorposts and the gates of your house,
11:20. And thou shalt write them upon the door posts of thine house, and upon thy gates:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:20: Deu 6:9
11:2111:21: զի բազմօրեա՛յք լինիցիք, եւ աւուրք որդւոց ձերոց ՚ի վերայ երկրին՝ զոր երդուաւ Տէր հարցն քոց տա՛լ քեզ, ըստ աւուրց երկնից ՚ի վերայ երկրի։
21 որպէսզի ձեր կեանքը երկար լինի, իսկ ձեր որդիների կեանքը այն երկրի վրայ, որ Տէրը երդուել է տալ ձեր հայրերին, լինի այնքան երկար, որքան որ երկինքը կը լինի երկրի վրայ:
21 Որպէս զի այն երկրին մէջ, որ Տէրը ձեր հայրերուն երդում ըրաւ անոնց տալու, ձեր օրերն ու ձեր որդիներուն օրերը շատնան իբրեւ երկնքի օրեր՝ երկրի վրայ։
զի [206]բազմօրեայք լինիցիք``, եւ աւուրք որդւոց ձերոց ի վերայ երկրին զոր երդուաւ Տէր հարցն [207]քոց տալ քեզ`` ըստ աւուրց երկնից ի վերայ երկրի:

11:21: զի բազմօրեա՛յք լինիցիք, եւ աւուրք որդւոց ձերոց ՚ի վերայ երկրին՝ զոր երդուաւ Տէր հարցն քոց տա՛լ քեզ, ըստ աւուրց երկնից ՚ի վերայ երկրի։
21 որպէսզի ձեր կեանքը երկար լինի, իսկ ձեր որդիների կեանքը այն երկրի վրայ, որ Տէրը երդուել է տալ ձեր հայրերին, լինի այնքան երկար, որքան որ երկինքը կը լինի երկրի վրայ:
21 Որպէս զի այն երկրին մէջ, որ Տէրը ձեր հայրերուն երդում ըրաւ անոնց տալու, ձեր օրերն ու ձեր որդիներուն օրերը շատնան իբրեւ երկնքի օրեր՝ երկրի վրայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2121: дабы столько же много было дней ваших и дней детей ваших на той земле, которую Господь клялся дать отцам вашим, сколько дней небо будет над землею.
11:21 ἵνα ινα so; that πολυημερεύσητε πολυημερευω and; even αἱ ο the ἡμέραι ημερα day τῶν ο the υἱῶν υιος son ὑμῶν υμων your ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἧς ος who; what ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear κύριος κυριος lord; master τοῖς ο the πατράσιν πατηρ father ὑμῶν υμων your δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him καθὼς καθως just as / like αἱ ο the ἡμέραι ημερα day τοῦ ο the οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven ἐπὶ επι in; on τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land
11:21 לְמַ֨עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of יִרְבּ֤וּ yirbˈû רבה be many יְמֵיכֶם֙ yᵊmêḵˌem יֹום day וִ wi וְ and ימֵ֣י ymˈê יֹום day בְנֵיכֶ֔ם vᵊnêḵˈem בֵּן son עַ֚ל ˈʕal עַל upon הָֽ hˈā הַ the אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] נִשְׁבַּ֧ע nišbˈaʕ שׁבע swear יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH לַ la לְ to אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˌem אָב father לָ lā לְ to תֵ֣ת ṯˈēṯ נתן give לָהֶ֑ם lāhˈem לְ to כִּ ki כְּ as ימֵ֥י ymˌê יֹום day הַ ha הַ the שָּׁמַ֖יִם ššāmˌayim שָׁמַיִם heavens עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הָ hā הַ the אָֽרֶץ׃ ס ʔˈāreṣ . s אֶרֶץ earth
11:21. ut multiplicentur dies tui et filiorum tuorum in terra quam iuravit Dominus patribus tuis ut daret eis quamdiu caelum inminet terraeThat thy days may be multiplied, and the days of thy children in the land which the Lord swore to thy fathers, that he would give them as long as the heaven hangeth over the earth.
21. that your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, upon the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of the heavens above the earth.
11:21. so that your days may be multiplied, and the days of your sons, in the land which the Lord swore to your fathers, that he would give it to them for as long as heaven is suspended above the earth.
11:21. That your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, in the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of heaven upon the earth.
That your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, in the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of heaven upon the earth:

21: дабы столько же много было дней ваших и дней детей ваших на той земле, которую Господь клялся дать отцам вашим, сколько дней небо будет над землею.
11:21
ἵνα ινα so; that
πολυημερεύσητε πολυημερευω and; even
αἱ ο the
ἡμέραι ημερα day
τῶν ο the
υἱῶν υιος son
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἧς ος who; what
ὤμοσεν ομνυω swear
κύριος κυριος lord; master
τοῖς ο the
πατράσιν πατηρ father
ὑμῶν υμων your
δοῦναι διδωμι give; deposit
αὐτοῖς αυτος he; him
καθὼς καθως just as / like
αἱ ο the
ἡμέραι ημερα day
τοῦ ο the
οὐρανοῦ ουρανος sky; heaven
ἐπὶ επι in; on
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
11:21
לְמַ֨עַן lᵊmˌaʕan לְמַעַן because of
יִרְבּ֤וּ yirbˈû רבה be many
יְמֵיכֶם֙ yᵊmêḵˌem יֹום day
וִ wi וְ and
ימֵ֣י ymˈê יֹום day
בְנֵיכֶ֔ם vᵊnêḵˈem בֵּן son
עַ֚ל ˈʕal עַל upon
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אֲדָמָ֔ה ʔᵃḏāmˈā אֲדָמָה soil
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
נִשְׁבַּ֧ע nišbˈaʕ שׁבע swear
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
לַ la לְ to
אֲבֹתֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵃvōṯêḵˌem אָב father
לָ לְ to
תֵ֣ת ṯˈēṯ נתן give
לָהֶ֑ם lāhˈem לְ to
כִּ ki כְּ as
ימֵ֥י ymˌê יֹום day
הַ ha הַ the
שָּׁמַ֖יִם ššāmˌayim שָׁמַיִם heavens
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הָ הַ the
אָֽרֶץ׃ ס ʔˈāreṣ . s אֶרֶץ earth
11:21. ut multiplicentur dies tui et filiorum tuorum in terra quam iuravit Dominus patribus tuis ut daret eis quamdiu caelum inminet terrae
That thy days may be multiplied, and the days of thy children in the land which the Lord swore to thy fathers, that he would give them as long as the heaven hangeth over the earth.
11:21. so that your days may be multiplied, and the days of your sons, in the land which the Lord swore to your fathers, that he would give it to them for as long as heaven is suspended above the earth.
11:21. That your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, in the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as the days of heaven upon the earth.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ab▾ all ▾
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
11:21: The sense is: "Keep the covenant faithfully, and so shall your own and your children's days be multiplied as long as the heaven covers the earth." The promise of Canaan to Israel was thus a perpetual promise, but also a conditional one.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:21: your days: Deu 4:40, Deu 5:16, Deu 6:2; Pro 3:2, Pro 3:16, Pro 4:10, Pro 9:11
as the days: Psa 72:5, Psa 89:28, Psa 89:29; Isa 65:20; Rev 20:6
Geneva 1599
11:21 That your days may be multiplied, and the days of your children, in the land which the LORD sware unto your fathers to give them, as (g) the days of heaven upon the earth.
(g) As long as the heavens and earth endure, (2Pet 3:10, 2Pet 3:12).
John Gill
11:21 That your days may be multiplied,.... Long life being a very desirable blessing, and which is promised to those that obey and keep the law; see Deut 30:19.
and the days of your children; which are dear to parents, and the continuance of whose lives, next to their own, is most desirable, yea, as desirable as their own; and especially it is desirable that they might have a posterity descending from them, to enjoy for ever their estates and possessions; as it was to the people of Israel, that they might have a seed always to dwell
in the land which the Lord sware unto your fathers to give them; the land of Canaan, so often spoken of as the promise, oath, and gift of God:
as the days of heaven upon the earth; that is, as long as the heavens and the earth shall be, and the one shall be over the other, as they will be to the end of time.
John Wesley
11:21 As the days of heaven - As long as the heaven keeps its place and continues its influences upon earth.
11:2211:22: Եւ եղիցի եթէ լսելով լուիցէք ամենայն պատուիրանացս այսոցիկ՝ զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր առնել, սիրե՛լ զՏէր Աստուած քո. գնա՛լ ՚ի ճանապարհս նորա՝ եւ յարե՛լ ՚ի նա։
22 Եթէ ուշադրութեամբ լսէք այս բոլոր պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ, որ անէք, այն է՝ սիրէք ձեր Տէր Աստծուն, գնաք նրա ճանապարհով ու յարէք նրան,
22 «Քանզի եթէ այս իմ ձեզի պատուիրած բոլոր պատուիրանքներս զգուշութեամբ պահէք ու կատարէք եւ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը սիրէք ու անոր բոլոր ճամբաներուն մէջ քալէք եւ անոր յարիք,
Եւ եղիցի եթէ [208]լսելով լուիցէք ամենայն պատուիրանացս այսոցիկ`` զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր առնել, սիրել զՏէր Աստուած քո, գնալ ի ճանապարհս նորա եւ յարել ի նա:

11:22: Եւ եղիցի եթէ լսելով լուիցէք ամենայն պատուիրանացս այսոցիկ՝ զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր առնել, սիրե՛լ զՏէր Աստուած քո. գնա՛լ ՚ի ճանապարհս նորա՝ եւ յարե՛լ ՚ի նա։
22 Եթէ ուշադրութեամբ լսէք այս բոլոր պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ, որ անէք, այն է՝ սիրէք ձեր Տէր Աստծուն, գնաք նրա ճանապարհով ու յարէք նրան,
22 «Քանզի եթէ այս իմ ձեզի պատուիրած բոլոր պատուիրանքներս զգուշութեամբ պահէք ու կատարէք եւ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը սիրէք ու անոր բոլոր ճամբաներուն մէջ քալէք եւ անոր յարիք,
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2222: Ибо если вы будете соблюдать все заповеди сии, которые заповедую вам исполнять, будете любить Господа, Бога вашего, ходить всеми путями Его и прилепляться к Нему,
11:22 καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ἐὰν εαν and if; unless ἀκοῇ ακοη hearing; report ἀκούσητε ακουω hear πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction ταύτας ουτος this; he ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin σοι σοι you σήμερον σημερον today; present ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make ἀγαπᾶν αγαπαω love κύριον κυριος lord; master τὸν ο the θεὸν θεος God ἡμῶν ημων our καὶ και and; even πορεύεσθαι πορευομαι travel; go ἐν εν in πάσαις πας all; every ταῖς ο the ὁδοῖς οδος way; journey αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even προσκολλᾶσθαι προσκολλαω stick to; bond αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
11:22 כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that אִם־ ʔim- אִם if שָׁמֹ֨ר šāmˌōr שׁמר keep תִּשְׁמְר֜וּן tišmᵊrˈûn שׁמר keep אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מִּצְוָ֣ה mmiṣwˈā מִצְוָה commandment הַ ha הַ the זֹּ֗את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂתָ֑הּ ʕᵃśōṯˈāh עשׂה make לְ lᵊ לְ to אַהֲבָ֞ה ʔahᵃvˈā אהב love אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) לָ lā לְ to לֶ֥כֶת lˌeḵeṯ הלך walk בְּ bᵊ בְּ in כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole דְּרָכָ֖יו dᵊrāḵˌāʸw דֶּרֶךְ way וּ û וְ and לְ lᵊ לְ to דָבְקָה־ ḏovqā- דבק cling, cleave to בֹֽו׃ vˈô בְּ in
11:22. si enim custodieritis mandata quae ego praecipio vobis et feceritis ea ut diligatis Dominum Deum vestrum et ambuletis in omnibus viis eius adherentes eiFor if you keep the commandments which I command you, and do them, to love the Lord your God, and walk in all his ways, cleaving unto him,
22. For if ye shall diligently keep all this commandment which I command you, to do it; to love the LORD your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him;
11:22. For if you keep the commandments which I am entrusting to you, and if you do them, so that you love the Lord your God, and walk in all his ways, clinging to him,
11:22. For if ye shall diligently keep all these commandments which I command you, to do them, to love the LORD your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him;
For if ye shall diligently keep all these commandments which I command you, to do them, to love the LORD your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him:

22: Ибо если вы будете соблюдать все заповеди сии, которые заповедую вам исполнять, будете любить Господа, Бога вашего, ходить всеми путями Его и прилепляться к Нему,
11:22
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
ἀκοῇ ακοη hearing; report
ἀκούσητε ακουω hear
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction
ταύτας ουτος this; he
ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαί εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
σοι σοι you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make
ἀγαπᾶν αγαπαω love
κύριον κυριος lord; master
τὸν ο the
θεὸν θεος God
ἡμῶν ημων our
καὶ και and; even
πορεύεσθαι πορευομαι travel; go
ἐν εν in
πάσαις πας all; every
ταῖς ο the
ὁδοῖς οδος way; journey
αὐτοῦ αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
προσκολλᾶσθαι προσκολλαω stick to; bond
αὐτῷ αυτος he; him
11:22
כִּי֩ kˌî כִּי that
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
שָׁמֹ֨ר šāmˌōr שׁמר keep
תִּשְׁמְר֜וּן tišmᵊrˈûn שׁמר keep
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מִּצְוָ֣ה mmiṣwˈā מִצְוָה commandment
הַ ha הַ the
זֹּ֗את zzˈōṯ זֹאת this
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂתָ֑הּ ʕᵃśōṯˈāh עשׂה make
לְ lᵊ לְ to
אַהֲבָ֞ה ʔahᵃvˈā אהב love
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
יְהוָ֧ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֛ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
לָ לְ to
לֶ֥כֶת lˌeḵeṯ הלך walk
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
דְּרָכָ֖יו dᵊrāḵˌāʸw דֶּרֶךְ way
וּ û וְ and
לְ lᵊ לְ to
דָבְקָה־ ḏovqā- דבק cling, cleave to
בֹֽו׃ vˈô בְּ in
11:22. si enim custodieritis mandata quae ego praecipio vobis et feceritis ea ut diligatis Dominum Deum vestrum et ambuletis in omnibus viis eius adherentes ei
For if you keep the commandments which I command you, and do them, to love the Lord your God, and walk in all his ways, cleaving unto him,
11:22. For if you keep the commandments which I am entrusting to you, and if you do them, so that you love the Lord your God, and walk in all his ways, clinging to him,
11:22. For if ye shall diligently keep all these commandments which I command you, to do them, to love the LORD your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:22: if ye shall: Deu 11:13, Deu 6:17
to love: Deu 11:13; Mat 22:37; Ti2 4:8; Jo1 5:2, Jo1 5:3
to cleave: Deu 10:20, Deu 30:20; Gen 2:24; Act 11:23; Co2 11:2, Co2 11:3
John Gill
11:22 For if ye shall diligently keep all these commandments which I command you to do them,.... Observe and take notice of them, even all of them, and so as not merely to have a theory or notional knowledge of them, but to put them in practice:
to love the Lord your God; and show it by obeying his commands, and which is the end of the commandment, and the principle from which all obedience should flow:
to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him; see Deut 10:12.
11:2311:23: Մերժեսցէ՛ Տէր զազգսն զայնոսիկ յերեսաց ձերոց, եւ ժառանգեսջի՛ք զազգս մեծամեծս եւ հզօրագոյնս քան զձեզ[1799]։ [1799] Ոմանք. Մերժեսցէ Տէր զամենայն ազգսն... եւ հզօրագոյնս քան։
23 ապա Տէրը ձեր առջեւից կը հեռացնի այդ բոլոր ազգերին, եւ դուք կը նուաճէք ձեզանից մեծ ու հզօր ազգերին:
23 Տէրն ալ բոլոր ազգերը ձեր առջեւէն պիտի վռնտէ եւ դուք մեծ ու զօրաւոր ազգերու վրայ պիտի տիրէք։
մերժեսցէ Տէր զամենայն ազգսն զայնոսիկ յերեսաց ձերոց, եւ ժառանգեսջիք զազգս մեծամեծս եւ հզօրագոյնս քան զձեզ:

11:23: Մերժեսցէ՛ Տէր զազգսն զայնոսիկ յերեսաց ձերոց, եւ ժառանգեսջի՛ք զազգս մեծամեծս եւ հզօրագոյնս քան զձեզ[1799]։
[1799] Ոմանք. Մերժեսցէ Տէր զամենայն ազգսն... եւ հզօրագոյնս քան։
23 ապա Տէրը ձեր առջեւից կը հեռացնի այդ բոլոր ազգերին, եւ դուք կը նուաճէք ձեզանից մեծ ու հզօր ազգերին:
23 Տէրն ալ բոլոր ազգերը ձեր առջեւէն պիտի վռնտէ եւ դուք մեծ ու զօրաւոր ազգերու վրայ պիտի տիրէք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2323: то изгонит Господь все народы сии от лица вашего, и вы овладеете народами, которые больше и сильнее вас;
11:23 καὶ και and; even ἐκβαλεῖ εκβαλλω expel; cast out κύριος κυριος lord; master πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste ταῦτα ουτος this; he ἀπὸ απο from; away προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste μεγάλα μεγας great; loud καὶ και and; even ἰσχυρότερα ισχυρος forceful; severe μᾶλλον μαλλον rather; more ἢ η or; than ὑμεῖς υμεις you
11:23 וְ wᵊ וְ and הֹורִ֧ישׁ hôrˈîš ירשׁ trample down יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the גֹּויִ֥ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people הָ hā הַ the אֵ֖לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these מִ mi מִן from לִּ lli לְ to פְנֵיכֶ֑ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face וִֽ wˈi וְ and ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down גֹּויִ֔ם gôyˈim גֹּוי people גְּדֹלִ֥ים gᵊḏōlˌîm גָּדֹול great וַ wa וְ and עֲצֻמִ֖ים ʕᵃṣumˌîm עָצוּם mighty מִכֶּֽם׃ mikkˈem מִן from
11:23. disperdet Dominus omnes gentes istas ante faciem vestram et possidebitis eas quae maiores et fortiores vobis suntThe Lord will destroy all these nations before your face, and you shall possess them, which are greater and stronger than you.
23. then will the LORD drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess nations greater and mightier than yourselves.
11:23. the Lord will scatter all these nations before your face, and you shall possess them, though they are greater and stronger than you.
11:23. Then will the LORD drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess greater nations and mightier than yourselves.
Then will the LORD drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess greater nations and mightier than yourselves:

23: то изгонит Господь все народы сии от лица вашего, и вы овладеете народами, которые больше и сильнее вас;
11:23
καὶ και and; even
ἐκβαλεῖ εκβαλλω expel; cast out
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
ἀπὸ απο from; away
προσώπου προσωπον face; ahead of
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir
ἔθνη εθνος nation; caste
μεγάλα μεγας great; loud
καὶ και and; even
ἰσχυρότερα ισχυρος forceful; severe
μᾶλλον μαλλον rather; more
η or; than
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
11:23
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הֹורִ֧ישׁ hôrˈîš ירשׁ trample down
יְהוָ֛ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
גֹּויִ֥ם ggôyˌim גֹּוי people
הָ הַ the
אֵ֖לֶּה ʔˌēlleh אֵלֶּה these
מִ mi מִן from
לִּ lli לְ to
פְנֵיכֶ֑ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ירִשְׁתֶּ֣ם yrištˈem ירשׁ trample down
גֹּויִ֔ם gôyˈim גֹּוי people
גְּדֹלִ֥ים gᵊḏōlˌîm גָּדֹול great
וַ wa וְ and
עֲצֻמִ֖ים ʕᵃṣumˌîm עָצוּם mighty
מִכֶּֽם׃ mikkˈem מִן from
11:23. disperdet Dominus omnes gentes istas ante faciem vestram et possidebitis eas quae maiores et fortiores vobis sunt
The Lord will destroy all these nations before your face, and you shall possess them, which are greater and stronger than you.
11:23. the Lord will scatter all these nations before your face, and you shall possess them, though they are greater and stronger than you.
11:23. Then will the LORD drive out all these nations from before you, and ye shall possess greater nations and mightier than yourselves.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:23: Deu 4:38, Deu 7:1, Deu 7:2, Deu 7:22, Deu 7:23, Deu 9:1, Deu 9:5; Exo 23:27-30, Exo 34:11
John Gill
11:23 Then will the Lord drive out all those nations from before you,.... By little and little, even all the seven nations which then inhabited the land of Canaan; and this he would do to make room for them, that they might inherit the land; see Deut 7:1.
and ye shall possess greater nations, and mightier than yourselves; countries whose inhabitants were more in number, and greater in strength, than they; and therefore the conquest of them was not to be ascribed to themselves, but to the Lord; this is often observed; see Deut 7:1.
11:2411:24: Ամենայն տեղի ուր կոխիցեն գնացք ոտից ձերոց՝ ձե՛զ լիցին. յանապատէ անտի մինչեւ ցԱներն Լիբանանու. եւ ՚ի գետոյն մեծէ՛ գետոյն Եփրատայ մինչեւ ցծո՛վն արեւմտից եղիցին սահմանք ձեր[1800]։ [1800] Ոմանք. Ուր հասանիցեն գնացք ոտ՛՛... եւ ՚ի գետէ մեծէ ՚ի գետոյն Եփրատայ։
24 Բոլոր այն վայրերը, ուր կը կոխեն ձեր ոտքերը, ձերը կը լինեն. անապատից մինչեւ Անդրլիբանան, Եփրատ մեծ գետից մինչեւ Արեւմտեան ծովը[10] կը լինեն ձեր սահմանները:[10] 10. Այսինքն՝ Միջերկրական ծով:
24 Ձեր ոտքին ամէն կոխած տեղը ձերը պիտի ըլլայ. ձեր սահմանը անապատէն ու Լիբանանէն, գետէն՝ այսինքն Եփրատ գետէն՝ մինչեւ արեւմտեան* ծովը պիտի ըլլայ։
Ամենայն տեղի ուր կոխիցեն գնացք ոտից ձերոց` ձեզ լիցի. յանապատէ անտի [209]մինչեւ ցԱներն Լիբանանու, եւ ի գետոյն մեծէ, գետոյն`` Եփրատայ մինչեւ ցծովն արեւմտից եղիցին սահմանք ձեր:

11:24: Ամենայն տեղի ուր կոխիցեն գնացք ոտից ձերոց՝ ձե՛զ լիցին. յանապատէ անտի մինչեւ ցԱներն Լիբանանու. եւ ՚ի գետոյն մեծէ՛ գետոյն Եփրատայ մինչեւ ցծո՛վն արեւմտից եղիցին սահմանք ձեր[1800]։
[1800] Ոմանք. Ուր հասանիցեն գնացք ոտ՛՛... եւ ՚ի գետէ մեծէ ՚ի գետոյն Եփրատայ։
24 Բոլոր այն վայրերը, ուր կը կոխեն ձեր ոտքերը, ձերը կը լինեն. անապատից մինչեւ Անդրլիբանան, Եփրատ մեծ գետից մինչեւ Արեւմտեան ծովը[10] կը լինեն ձեր սահմանները:
[10] 10. Այսինքն՝ Միջերկրական ծով:
24 Ձեր ոտքին ամէն կոխած տեղը ձերը պիտի ըլլայ. ձեր սահմանը անապատէն ու Լիբանանէն, գետէն՝ այսինքն Եփրատ գետէն՝ մինչեւ արեւմտեան* ծովը պիտի ըլլայ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2424: всякое место, на которое ступит нога ваша, будет ваше; от пустыни и Ливана, от реки, реки Евфрата, даже до моря западного будут пределы ваши;
11:24 πάντα πας all; every τὸν ο the τόπον τοπος place; locality οὗ ου.1 where ἐὰν εαν and if; unless πατήσῃ πατεω trample τὸ ο the ἴχνος ιχνος footstep τοῦ ο the ποδὸς πους foot; pace ὑμῶν υμων your ὑμῖν υμιν you ἔσται ειμι be ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness καὶ και and; even Ἀντιλιβάνου αντιλιβανος and; even ἀπὸ απο from; away τοῦ ο the ποταμοῦ ποταμος river τοῦ ο the μεγάλου μεγας great; loud ποταμοῦ ποταμος river Εὐφράτου ευφρατης Euphratēs; Effratis καὶ και and; even ἕως εως till; until τῆς ο the θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea τῆς ο the ἐπὶ επι in; on δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west ἔσται ειμι be τὰ ο the ὅριά οριον frontier σου σου of you; your
11:24 כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַ ha הַ the מָּקֹ֗ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ tiḏrˈōḵ דרך tread כַּֽף־ kˈaf- כַּף palm רַגְלְכֶ֛ם raḡlᵊḵˈem רֶגֶל foot בֹּ֖ו bˌô בְּ in לָכֶ֣ם lāḵˈem לְ to יִהְיֶ֑ה yihyˈeh היה be מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the מִּדְבָּ֨ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the לְּבָנֹ֜ון llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the נָּהָ֣ר nnāhˈār נָהָר stream נְהַר־ nᵊhar- נָהָר stream פְּרָ֗ת pᵊrˈāṯ פְּרָת Euphrates וְ wᵊ וְ and עַד֙ ʕˌaḏ עַד unto הַ ha הַ the יָּ֣ם yyˈom יָם sea הָֽ hˈā הַ the אַחֲרֹ֔ון ʔaḥᵃrˈôn אַחֲרֹון at the back יִהְיֶ֖ה yihyˌeh היה be גְּבֻלְכֶֽם׃ gᵊvulᵊḵˈem גְּבוּל boundary
11:24. omnis locus quem calcaverit pes vester vester erit a deserto et Libano a flumine magno Eufraten usque ad mare occidentale erunt termini vestriEvery place, that your foot shall tread upon, shall be yours. From the desert, and from Libanus, from the great river Euphrates unto the western sea shall be your borders.
24. Every place whereon the sole of your foot shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness, and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the hinder sea shall be your border.
11:24. Every place upon which your foot shall tread will be yours. From the desert, and from Lebanon, from the great river Euphrates, as far as the western sea, shall be your borders.
11:24. Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be.
Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be your' s: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be:

24: всякое место, на которое ступит нога ваша, будет ваше; от пустыни и Ливана, от реки, реки Евфрата, даже до моря западного будут пределы ваши;
11:24
πάντα πας all; every
τὸν ο the
τόπον τοπος place; locality
οὗ ου.1 where
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
πατήσῃ πατεω trample
τὸ ο the
ἴχνος ιχνος footstep
τοῦ ο the
ποδὸς πους foot; pace
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἔσται ειμι be
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
ἐρήμου ερημος lonesome; wilderness
καὶ και and; even
Ἀντιλιβάνου αντιλιβανος and; even
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τοῦ ο the
ποταμοῦ ποταμος river
τοῦ ο the
μεγάλου μεγας great; loud
ποταμοῦ ποταμος river
Εὐφράτου ευφρατης Euphratēs; Effratis
καὶ και and; even
ἕως εως till; until
τῆς ο the
θαλάσσης θαλασσα sea
τῆς ο the
ἐπὶ επι in; on
δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west
ἔσται ειμι be
τὰ ο the
ὅριά οριον frontier
σου σου of you; your
11:24
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַ ha הַ the
מָּקֹ֗ום mmāqˈôm מָקֹום place
אֲשֶׁ֨ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּדְרֹ֧ךְ tiḏrˈōḵ דרך tread
כַּֽף־ kˈaf- כַּף palm
רַגְלְכֶ֛ם raḡlᵊḵˈem רֶגֶל foot
בֹּ֖ו bˌô בְּ in
לָכֶ֣ם lāḵˈem לְ to
יִהְיֶ֑ה yihyˈeh היה be
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
מִּדְבָּ֨ר mmiḏbˌār מִדְבָּר desert
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
לְּבָנֹ֜ון llᵊvānˈôn לְבָנֹון Lebanon
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
נָּהָ֣ר nnāhˈār נָהָר stream
נְהַר־ nᵊhar- נָהָר stream
פְּרָ֗ת pᵊrˈāṯ פְּרָת Euphrates
וְ wᵊ וְ and
עַד֙ ʕˌaḏ עַד unto
הַ ha הַ the
יָּ֣ם yyˈom יָם sea
הָֽ hˈā הַ the
אַחֲרֹ֔ון ʔaḥᵃrˈôn אַחֲרֹון at the back
יִהְיֶ֖ה yihyˌeh היה be
גְּבֻלְכֶֽם׃ gᵊvulᵊḵˈem גְּבוּל boundary
11:24. omnis locus quem calcaverit pes vester vester erit a deserto et Libano a flumine magno Eufraten usque ad mare occidentale erunt termini vestri
Every place, that your foot shall tread upon, shall be yours. From the desert, and from Libanus, from the great river Euphrates unto the western sea shall be your borders.
11:24. Every place upon which your foot shall tread will be yours. From the desert, and from Lebanon, from the great river Euphrates, as far as the western sea, shall be your borders.
11:24. Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ ac▾ all ▾
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:24: From the river - Euphrates, which was on the east, to the uttermost sea - the Mediterranean, which lay westward of the promised land. This promise, notwithstanding the many provocations of the Israelites, was fulfilled in the time of Solomon, for "he reigned over all the kings from the river (Euphrates) even unto the land of the Philistines, and to the border of Egypt." See Ch2 9:26, and the note, Num 34:12 (note).
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:24: Gen 15:18-21; Exo 23:31; Num 34:3-15; Jos 1:3, Jos 1:4, Jos 14:9; Kg1 4:21, Kg1 4:24; Ch2 9:26
Geneva 1599
11:24 Every place whereon the soles of (h) your feet shall tread shall be yours: from the wilderness and Lebanon, from the river, the river Euphrates, even unto the uttermost (i) sea shall your coast be.
(h) This was accomplished in David and Solomon's time.
(i) The Mediterranean.
John Gill
11:24 Every place wherein the soles of your feet shall tread,.... Meaning in the land of Canaan; though the Jews vainly apply this to every land, and country, and place therein, where any of them come; pleasing themselves with this foolish fancy, that all shall be theirs that the foot of any of them have trod upon, or they have dwelt in; but that it respects only the land of Canaan appears by the following description of it and its boundaries:
from the wilderness; the wilderness of Paran, which lay to the south of it, where Kadesh was, from whence the spies were sent, and was the southern border of it:
and Lebanon; which was a range of mountains to the north of it; and was the northern border of the land:
from the river, the river Euphrates; which was the eastern border of it, when it was carried to its utmost extent, as in the days of Solomon, 3Kings 4:21.
even unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be: the Mediterranean sea, which was the western border of the land of Canaan, or "the hinder sea", and so it is called Zech 14:8, it lay at the back of them; for if a man stands with his face to the east, the south will be on his right hand, and the north on his left, and the west will be behind him, or at the back of him.
John Wesley
11:24 Every place - Not absolutely, as the Rabbins fondly conceit, but in the promised land, as it is restrained in the following words; either by possession, or by dominion, namely, upon condition of your obedience. The wilderness - Of Sin, on the south - side. To Lebanon - Which was on the north border. Euphrates - On the east. So far the right of dominion extended, but that their sins cut them short: and so far Solomon extended his dominion. The uttermost sea - The western or midland sea.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:24 Every place whereon the soles of your feet shall tread shall be yours--not as if the Jews should be lords of the world, but of every place within the promised land. It should be granted to them and possessed by them, on conditions of obedience:
from the wilderness--the Arabah on the south;
Lebanon--the northern limit;
Euphrates--their boundary on the east. Their grant of dominion extended so far, and the right was fulfilled to Solomon.
even unto the uttermost sea--the Mediterranean.
11:2511:25: Եւ ո՛չ ոք դառնայցէ ընդդէմ ձեր, զա՛հ եւ զերկիւղ ձեր արկցէ Տէր Աստուած ձեր ՚ի վերայ երեսաց ամենայն երկրին զոր կոխիցէք, որպէս խօսեցաւ ընդ ձեզ Տէր[1801]։[1801] Ոմանք. Եւ զահ եւ զերկիւղ ձեր... որպէս եւ խօսե՛՛։
25 Ոչ ոք ձեզ չի դիմադրի, ձեր ահն ու սարսափը ձեր Տէր Աստուածը կը սփռի ամբողջ երկրի վրայ, ուր ոտք կը դնէք դուք, ինչպէս ասել է ձեզ Տէրը»:
25 Բնաւ մէկը պիտի չկարենայ ձեզի դէմ դնել. ձեր Տէր Աստուածը ձեր ամէն կոխած երկրի վրայ ձեզմէ վախ մը ու սոսկում մը պիտի բերէ, ինչպէս ձեզի ըսաւ։
Եւ ոչ ոք դառնայցէ ընդդէմ ձեր, եւ զահ եւ զերկեւղ ձեր արկցէ Տէր Աստուած ձեր ի վերայ երեսաց ամենայն երկրին զոր կոխիցէք, որպէս խօսեցաւ ընդ ձեզ Տէր:

11:25: Եւ ո՛չ ոք դառնայցէ ընդդէմ ձեր, զա՛հ եւ զերկիւղ ձեր արկցէ Տէր Աստուած ձեր ՚ի վերայ երեսաց ամենայն երկրին զոր կոխիցէք, որպէս խօսեցաւ ընդ ձեզ Տէր[1801]։
[1801] Ոմանք. Եւ զահ եւ զերկիւղ ձեր... որպէս եւ խօսե՛՛։
25 Ոչ ոք ձեզ չի դիմադրի, ձեր ահն ու սարսափը ձեր Տէր Աստուածը կը սփռի ամբողջ երկրի վրայ, ուր ոտք կը դնէք դուք, ինչպէս ասել է ձեզ Տէրը»:
25 Բնաւ մէկը պիտի չկարենայ ձեզի դէմ դնել. ձեր Տէր Աստուածը ձեր ամէն կոխած երկրի վրայ ձեզմէ վախ մը ու սոսկում մը պիտի բերէ, ինչպէս ձեզի ըսաւ։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2525: никто не устоит против вас: Господь, Бог ваш, наведет страх и трепет пред вами на всякую землю, на которую вы ступите, как Он говорил вам.
11:25 οὐκ ου not ἀντιστήσεται ανθιστημι resist οὐδεὶς ουδεις no one; not one κατὰ κατα down; by πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of ὑμῶν υμων your τὸν ο the τρόμον τρομος trembling ὑμῶν υμων your καὶ και and; even τὸν ο the φόβον φοβος fear; awe ὑμῶν υμων your ἐπιθήσει επιτιθημι put on; put another κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ἐπὶ επι in; on πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of πάσης πας all; every τῆς ο the γῆς γη earth; land ἐφ᾿ επι in; on ἧς ος who; what ἐὰν εαν and if; unless ἐπιβῆτε επιβαινω mount; step on ἐπ᾿ επι in; on αὐτῆς αυτος he; him ὃν ος who; what τρόπον τροπος manner; by means ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak κύριος κυριος lord; master πρὸς προς to; toward ὑμᾶς υμας you
11:25 לֹא־ lō- לֹא not יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב yiṯyaṣṣˌēv יצב stand אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man בִּ bi בְּ in פְנֵיכֶ֑ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face פַּחְדְּכֶ֨ם paḥdᵊḵˌem פַּחַד trembling וּ û וְ and מֹֽורַאֲכֶ֜ם mˈôraʔᵃḵˈem מֹורָא fear יִתֵּ֣ן׀ yittˈēn נתן give יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֗ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon פְּנֵ֤י pᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole הָ hā הַ the אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּדְרְכוּ־ tiḏrᵊḵû- דרך tread בָ֔הּ vˈāh בְּ in כַּ ka כְּ as אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] דִּבֶּ֥ר dibbˌer דבר speak לָכֶֽם׃ ס lāḵˈem . s לְ to
11:25. nullus stabit contra vos terrorem vestrum et formidinem dabit Dominus Deus vester super omnem terram quam calcaturi estis sicut locutus est vobisNone shall stand against you: the Lord your God shall lay the dread and fear of you upon all the land that you shall tread upon, as he hath spoken to you.
25. There shall no man be able to stand before you: the LORD your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath spoken unto you.
11:25. No one will stand against you. The Lord your God will spread the terror and dread of you over all the land upon which you shall tread, just as he has spoken to you.
11:25. There shall no man be able to stand before you: [for] the LORD your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath said unto you.
There shall no man be able to stand before you: [for] the LORD your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath said unto you:

25: никто не устоит против вас: Господь, Бог ваш, наведет страх и трепет пред вами на всякую землю, на которую вы ступите, как Он говорил вам.
11:25
οὐκ ου not
ἀντιστήσεται ανθιστημι resist
οὐδεὶς ουδεις no one; not one
κατὰ κατα down; by
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
ὑμῶν υμων your
τὸν ο the
τρόμον τρομος trembling
ὑμῶν υμων your
καὶ και and; even
τὸν ο the
φόβον φοβος fear; awe
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐπιθήσει επιτιθημι put on; put another
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἐπὶ επι in; on
πρόσωπον προσωπον face; ahead of
πάσης πας all; every
τῆς ο the
γῆς γη earth; land
ἐφ᾿ επι in; on
ἧς ος who; what
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
ἐπιβῆτε επιβαινω mount; step on
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
αὐτῆς αυτος he; him
ὃν ος who; what
τρόπον τροπος manner; by means
ἐλάλησεν λαλεω talk; speak
κύριος κυριος lord; master
πρὸς προς to; toward
ὑμᾶς υμας you
11:25
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
יִתְיַצֵּ֥ב yiṯyaṣṣˌēv יצב stand
אִ֖ישׁ ʔˌîš אִישׁ man
בִּ bi בְּ in
פְנֵיכֶ֑ם fᵊnêḵˈem פָּנֶה face
פַּחְדְּכֶ֨ם paḥdᵊḵˌem פַּחַד trembling
וּ û וְ and
מֹֽורַאֲכֶ֜ם mˈôraʔᵃḵˈem מֹורָא fear
יִתֵּ֣ן׀ yittˈēn נתן give
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֗ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
פְּנֵ֤י pᵊnˈê פָּנֶה face
כָל־ ḵol- כֹּל whole
הָ הַ the
אָ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּדְרְכוּ־ tiḏrᵊḵû- דרך tread
בָ֔הּ vˈāh בְּ in
כַּ ka כְּ as
אֲשֶׁ֖ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
דִּבֶּ֥ר dibbˌer דבר speak
לָכֶֽם׃ ס lāḵˈem . s לְ to
11:25. nullus stabit contra vos terrorem vestrum et formidinem dabit Dominus Deus vester super omnem terram quam calcaturi estis sicut locutus est vobis
None shall stand against you: the Lord your God shall lay the dread and fear of you upon all the land that you shall tread upon, as he hath spoken to you.
11:25. No one will stand against you. The Lord your God will spread the terror and dread of you over all the land upon which you shall tread, just as he has spoken to you.
11:25. There shall no man be able to stand before you: [for] the LORD your God shall lay the fear of you and the dread of you upon all the land that ye shall tread upon, as he hath said unto you.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:25: There shall: Deu 2:25, Deu 7:24; Jos 1:5, Jos 2:9, Jos 5:1
as he hath: Exo 23:27
John Gill
11:25 There shall be no man able to stand before you,.... Meaning not a single man, such an one as Og, or any of the sons of Anak, the giants; because it could never be thought, imagined, or feared, that one man only should be able to stand against 600,000 fighting men, but any people or nation, though greater and mightier than they:
for the Lord your God shall lay the fear of you, and the dread of you, upon all the land that ye shall tread upon: that is, upon all the land of Canaan, and the inhabitants of it; who should hear what wonderful things had been done for them in Egypt, and at the Red sea, and in the wilderness; and what they had done to Sihon and Og, and to their countries, and which accordingly was fulfilled, Josh 2:9.
as he hath said unto you; had promised them, Deut 2:25 and which was prophesied of in the prophetic song at the Red sea; see Ex 15:14.
11:2611:26: Եւ ես ահաւասիկ տա՛մ այսօր առաջի ձեր օրհնութիւնս եւ անէծս.
26 «Ես այսօր, ահա, ձեր առջեւ դնում եմ օրհնութիւններ ու անէծքներ:
26 «Ահա ես այսօր ձեր առջեւ օրհնութիւն ու անէծք կը դնեմ.
Եւ ես ահաւասիկ տամ այսօր առաջի ձեր օրհնութիւնս եւ անէծս:

11:26: Եւ ես ահաւասիկ տա՛մ այսօր առաջի ձեր օրհնութիւնս եւ անէծս.
26 «Ես այսօր, ահա, ձեր առջեւ դնում եմ օրհնութիւններ ու անէծքներ:
26 «Ահա ես այսօր ձեր առջեւ օրհնութիւն ու անէծք կը դնեմ.
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2626: Вот, я предлагаю вам сегодня благословение и проклятие:
11:26 ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ἐγὼ εγω I δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing ὑμῶν υμων your σήμερον σημερον today; present εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation καὶ και and; even κατάραν καταρα curse
11:26 רְאֵ֗ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לִ li לְ to פְנֵיכֶ֖ם fᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day בְּרָכָ֖ה bᵊrāḵˌā בְּרָכָה blessing וּ û וְ and קְלָלָֽה׃ qᵊlālˈā קְלָלָה curse
11:26. en propono in conspectu vestro hodie benedictionem et maledictionemBehold I set forth in your sight this day a blessing and a curse:
26. Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse;
11:26. Behold, I am setting forth in your sight today a blessing and a curse.
11:26. Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse;
Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse:

26: Вот, я предлагаю вам сегодня благословение и проклятие:
11:26
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ἐγὼ εγω I
δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
ὑμῶν υμων your
σήμερον σημερον today; present
εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation
καὶ και and; even
κατάραν καταρα curse
11:26
רְאֵ֗ה rᵊʔˈē ראה see
אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵיכֶ֖ם fᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day
בְּרָכָ֖ה bᵊrāḵˌā בְּרָכָה blessing
וּ û וְ and
קְלָלָֽה׃ qᵊlālˈā קְלָלָה curse
11:26. en propono in conspectu vestro hodie benedictionem et maledictionem
Behold I set forth in your sight this day a blessing and a curse:
11:26. Behold, I am setting forth in your sight today a blessing and a curse.
11:26. Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse;
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jfb▾ jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ac▾ mh▾ all ▾
Matthew Henry: Concise Commentary on the Whole Bible - 1706
26: The Blessing and the Curse.B. C. 1451.
26 Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse; 27 A blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the LORD your God, which I command you this day: 28 And a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the LORD your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known. 29 And it shall come to pass, when the LORD thy God hath brought thee in unto the land whither thou goest to possess it, that thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal. 30 Are they not on the other side Jordan, by the way where the sun goeth down, in the land of the Canaanites, which dwell in the champaign over against Gilgal, beside the plains of Moreh? 31 For ye shall pass over Jordan to go in to possess the land which the LORD your God giveth you, and ye shall possess it, and dwell therein. 32 And ye shall observe to do all the statutes and judgments which I set before you this day.
Here Moses concludes his general exhortations to obedience; and his management is very affecting, and such as, one would think, should have engaged them for ever to God, and should have left impressions upon them never to be worn out.
I. He sums up all his arguments for obedience in two words, the blessing and the curse (v. 26), that is, the rewards and the punishments, as they stand in the promises and the threatenings, which are the great sanctions of the law, taking hold of hope and fear, those two handles of the soul, by which it is caught, held, and managed. These two, the blessing and the curse, he set before them, that is, 1. He explained them, that they might know them; he enumerated the particulars contained both in the blessing and in the curse, that they might see the more fully how desirable the blessing was, and how dreadful the curse. 2. He confirmed them, that they might believe them, made it evident to them, by the proofs he produced of his own commission, that the blessing was not a fool's paradise, nor the curse a bugbear, but that both were real declarations of the purpose of God concerning them. 3. He charged them to choose which of these they would have, so fairly does he deal with them, and so far is he from putting out the eyes of these men, as he was charged, Num. xvi. 14. They and we are plainly told on what terms we stand with Almighty God. (1.) If we be obedient to his laws, we may be sure of a blessing, v. 27. But, (2.) If we be disobedient, we may be as sure of a curse, v. 28. Say you to the righteous (for God has said it, and all the world cannot unsay it) that it shall be well with them: but woe to the wicked, it shall be ill with them.
II. He appoints a public and solemn proclamation to be made of the blessing and curse which he had set before them, upon the two mountains of Gerizim and Ebal, v. 29, 30. We have more particular directions for this solemnity in ch. xxvii. 11, &c., and an account of the performance of it, Josh. viii. 33, &c. It was to be done, and was done, immediately upon their coming into Canaan, that when they first took possession of that land they might know upon what terms they stood. The place where this was to be done is particularly described by Moses, though he never saw it, which is one circumstance among many that evidences his divine instructions. It is said be near the plain, or oaks, or meadows, of Moreh, which was one of the first places that Abraham came to in Canaan; so that in sending them thither, to hear the blessing and the curse, God reminded them of the promise he made to Abraham in that very place, Gen. xii. 6, 7. The mention of this appointment here serves, 1. For the encouragement of their faith in the promise of God, that they should be masters of Canaan quickly. Do it (says Moses) on the other side Jordan (v. 30), for you may be confident you shall pass over Jordan, v. 31. The institution of this service to be done in Canaan was an assurance to them that they should be brought into possession of it, and a token like that which God gave to Moses (Exod. iii. 12): You shall serve God upon this mountain. And, 2. It serves for an engagement upon them to be obedient, that they might escape that curse, and obtain that blessing, which, besides what they had already heard, they must shortly be witnesses to the solemn publication of (v. 32): "You shall observe to do the statutes and judgements, that you may not in that solemnity be witnesses against yourselves."
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:26: Behold, I set before you - a blessing and a curse - If God had not put it in the power of this people either to obey or disobey; if they had not had a free will, over which they had complete authority, to use it either in the way of willing or nilling; could God, with any propriety, have given such precepts as these, sanctioned with such promises and threatenings? If they were not free agents, they could not be punished for disobedience, nor could they, in any sense of the word, have been rewardable for obedience. A Stone is not rewardable because, in obedience to the laws of gravitation, it always tends to the center; nor is it punishable be cause, in being removed from that center, in its tending or falling towards it again it takes away the life of a man.
That God has given man a free, self-determining Will, which cannot be forced by any power but that which is omnipotent, and which God himself never will force, is declared in the most formal manner through the whole of the sacred writings. No argument can affect this, while the Bible is considered as a Divine revelation; no sophistry can explain away its evidence, as long as the accountableness of man for his conduct is admitted, and as long as the eternal bounds of moral good and evil remain, and the essential distinctions between vice and virtue exist. If ye will obey, (for God is ever ready to assist), ye shall live; if ye will disobey and refuse that help, ye shall die. So hath Jehovah spoken, and man cannot reverse it.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:26: Deu 30:1, Deu 30:15-20; Gal 3:10, Gal 3:13, Gal 3:14
John Gill
11:26 Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse,.... Meaning the law of God, and the statutes, judgments, and commandments of it; which, if obeyed, blessings would be bestowed upon them; but if disobeyed, they would be liable to the curses of it, as the following words explain it; see Deut 30:15 everyone of the Israelites were called upon to see and consider this matter, it being an interesting one to them all.
John Wesley
11:26 I set before you - I propose them to your choice.
Robert Jamieson, A. R. Fausset and David Brown
11:26 Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse--(See on Deut 27:11).
11:2711:27: օրհնութիւն՝ եթէ լսիցէք պատուիրանաց Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ՝ զոր ես պատուիրե՛մ ձեզ այսօր։
27 Օրհնութիւն կը ստանաք, եթէ լսէք ձեր Տէր Աստծու պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ,
27 Օրհնութիւնը՝ եթէ հնազանդութիւն ընէք ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն պատուիրանքներուն, որոնք ես այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ
օրհնութիւն` եթէ լսիցէք պատուիրանաց Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր:

11:27: օրհնութիւն՝ եթէ լսիցէք պատուիրանաց Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ՝ զոր ես պատուիրե՛մ ձեզ այսօր։
27 Օրհնութիւն կը ստանաք, եթէ լսէք ձեր Տէր Աստծու պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ,
27 Օրհնութիւնը՝ եթէ հնազանդութիւն ընէք ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն պատուիրանքներուն, որոնք ես այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2727: благословение, если послушаете заповедей Господа, Бога вашего, которые я заповедую вам сегодня,
11:27 τὴν ο the εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation ἐὰν εαν and if; unless ἀκούσητε ακουω hear τὰς ο the ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ἃς ος who; what ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ὑμῖν υμιν you σήμερον σημερον today; present
11:27 אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the בְּרָכָ֑ה bbᵊrāḵˈā בְּרָכָה blessing אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] תִּשְׁמְע֗וּ tišmᵊʕˈû שׁמע hear אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מִצְוֹת֙ miṣwˌōṯ מִצְוָה commandment יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
11:27. benedictionem si oboedieritis mandatis Domini Dei vestri quae ego praecipio vobisA blessing, if you obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you this day:
27. the blessing, if ye shall hearken unto the commandments of the LORD your God, which I command you this day:
11:27. It will be a blessing, if you obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I am instructing to you this day.
11:27. A blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the LORD your God, which I command you this day:
A blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the LORD your God, which I command you this day:

27: благословение, если послушаете заповедей Господа, Бога вашего, которые я заповедую вам сегодня,
11:27
τὴν ο the
εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
ἀκούσητε ακουω hear
τὰς ο the
ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ἃς ος who; what
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ὑμῖν υμιν you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
11:27
אֶֽת־ ʔˈeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
בְּרָכָ֑ה bbᵊrāḵˈā בְּרָכָה blessing
אֲשֶׁ֣ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
תִּשְׁמְע֗וּ tišmᵊʕˈû שׁמע hear
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מִצְוֹת֙ miṣwˌōṯ מִצְוָה commandment
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
11:27. benedictionem si oboedieritis mandatis Domini Dei vestri quae ego praecipio vobis
A blessing, if you obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I command you this day:
11:27. It will be a blessing, if you obey the commandments of the Lord your God, which I am instructing to you this day.
11:27. A blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the LORD your God, which I command you this day:
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:27: Deu 28:1-14; Lev 26:3-13; Psa 19:11; Isa 1:19, Isa 3:10; Mat 5:3-12, Mat 25:31-46; Luk 11:28; Joh 13:17, Joh 14:21-23; Rom 2:7; Jam 1:25; Rev 22:14
John Gill
11:27 A blessing, if ye obey the commandments of the Lord your God,.... That is, a blessing should come upon them, even all temporal blessings they stood in need of; they should be blessed in body and estate, in their families, and in their flocks, in town and country; see Deut 28:1,
which I command you this day; afresh repeated to them, and enjoined them the observation of it in the name of the Lord.
11:2811:28: Եւ անէծս՝ եթէ ո՛չ լուիցէք պատուիրանաց Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ, զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր. եւ մոլորիցիք ՚ի ճանապարհէն զոր ես պատուիրեցի ձեզ, երթալ պաշտել զաստուածս օտարս՝ զորս ո՛չ ճանաչիցէք։
28 եւ անէծքներ՝ եթէ չլսէք ձեր Տէր Աստծու պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ, շեղուէք այն ճանապարհից, որ ես ցոյց տուեցի ձեզ, գնաք պաշտէք ձեզ անծանօթ օտար աստուածներ:
28 Եւ անէծքը՝ եթէ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն պատուիրանքներուն չհնազանդիք ու խոտորիք այն ճամբայէն, որ ես այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ ու ձեր չճանչցած օտար աստուածներուն ետեւէն երթաք։
եւ անէծս` եթէ ոչ լուիցէք պատուիրանաց Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ [210]զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր``, եւ մոլորիցիք ի ճանապարհէն զոր ես պատուիրեցի ձեզ, երթալ պաշտել զաստուածս օտարս զորս ոչ ճանաչիցէք:

11:28: Եւ անէծս՝ եթէ ո՛չ լուիցէք պատուիրանաց Տեառն Աստուծոյ ձերոյ, զոր ես պատուիրեմ ձեզ այսօր. եւ մոլորիցիք ՚ի ճանապարհէն զոր ես պատուիրեցի ձեզ, երթալ պաշտել զաստուածս օտարս՝ զորս ո՛չ ճանաչիցէք։
28 եւ անէծքներ՝ եթէ չլսէք ձեր Տէր Աստծու պատուիրանները, որոնք ես այսօր պատգամում եմ ձեզ, շեղուէք այն ճանապարհից, որ ես ցոյց տուեցի ձեզ, գնաք պաշտէք ձեզ անծանօթ օտար աստուածներ:
28 Եւ անէծքը՝ եթէ ձեր Տէր Աստուծոյն պատուիրանքներուն չհնազանդիք ու խոտորիք այն ճամբայէն, որ ես այսօր ձեզի կը պատուիրեմ ու ձեր չճանչցած օտար աստուածներուն ետեւէն երթաք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2828: а проклятие, если не послушаете заповедей Господа, Бога вашего, и уклонитесь от пути, который заповедую вам сегодня, и пойдете вслед богов иных, которых вы не знаете.
11:28 καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the κατάρας καταρα curse ἐὰν εαν and if; unless μὴ μη not ἀκούσητε ακουω hear τὰς ο the ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction κυρίου κυριος lord; master τοῦ ο the θεοῦ θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ὑμῖν υμιν you σήμερον σημερον today; present καὶ και and; even πλανηθῆτε πλαναω mislead; wander ἀπὸ απο from; away τῆς ο the ὁδοῦ οδος way; journey ἧς ος who; what ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin ὑμῖν υμιν you πορευθέντες πορευομαι travel; go λατρεύειν λατρευω employed by θεοῖς θεος God ἑτέροις ετερος different; alternate οὓς ος who; what οὐκ ου not οἴδατε οιδα aware
11:28 וְ wᵊ וְ and הַ ha הַ the קְּלָלָ֗ה qqᵊlālˈā קְלָלָה curse אִם־ ʔim- אִם if לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not תִשְׁמְעוּ֙ ṯišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to מִצְוֹת֙ miṣwˌōṯ מִצְוָה commandment יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s) וְ wᵊ וְ and סַרְתֶּ֣ם sartˈem סור turn aside מִן־ min- מִן from הַ ha הַ the דֶּ֔רֶךְ ddˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day לָ lā לְ to לֶ֗כֶת lˈeḵeṯ הלך walk אַחֲרֵ֛י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after אֱלֹהִ֥ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֲחֵרִ֖ים ʔᵃḥērˌîm אַחֵר other אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative] לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not יְדַעְתֶּֽם׃ ס yᵊḏaʕtˈem . s ידע know
11:28. maledictionem si non audieritis mandata Domini Dei vestri sed recesseritis de via quam ego nunc ostendo vobis et ambulaveritis post deos alienos quos ignoratisA curse, if you obey not the commandments of the Lord your God, but revolt from the way which now I shew you, and walk after strange gods which you know not.
28. and the curse, if ye shall not hearken unto the commandments of the LORD your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known.
11:28. It will be a curse, if you do not obey the commandments of the Lord your God, but instead you withdraw from the way, which I am revealing to you now, and you walk after foreign gods that you have not known.
11:28. And a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the LORD your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known.
And a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the LORD your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known:

28: а проклятие, если не послушаете заповедей Господа, Бога вашего, и уклонитесь от пути, который заповедую вам сегодня, и пойдете вслед богов иных, которых вы не знаете.
11:28
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
κατάρας καταρα curse
ἐὰν εαν and if; unless
μὴ μη not
ἀκούσητε ακουω hear
τὰς ο the
ἐντολὰς εντολη direction; injunction
κυρίου κυριος lord; master
τοῦ ο the
θεοῦ θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
ἐντέλλομαι εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ὑμῖν υμιν you
σήμερον σημερον today; present
καὶ και and; even
πλανηθῆτε πλαναω mislead; wander
ἀπὸ απο from; away
τῆς ο the
ὁδοῦ οδος way; journey
ἧς ος who; what
ἐνετειλάμην εντελλομαι direct; enjoin
ὑμῖν υμιν you
πορευθέντες πορευομαι travel; go
λατρεύειν λατρευω employed by
θεοῖς θεος God
ἑτέροις ετερος different; alternate
οὓς ος who; what
οὐκ ου not
οἴδατε οιδα aware
11:28
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הַ ha הַ the
קְּלָלָ֗ה qqᵊlālˈā קְלָלָה curse
אִם־ ʔim- אִם if
לֹ֤א lˈō לֹא not
תִשְׁמְעוּ֙ ṯišmᵊʕˌû שׁמע hear
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
מִצְוֹת֙ miṣwˌōṯ מִצְוָה commandment
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹֽהֵיכֶ֔ם ʔᵉlˈōhêḵˈem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
וְ wᵊ וְ and
סַרְתֶּ֣ם sartˈem סור turn aside
מִן־ min- מִן from
הַ ha הַ the
דֶּ֔רֶךְ ddˈereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
מְצַוֶּ֥ה mᵊṣawwˌeh צוה command
אֶתְכֶ֖ם ʔeṯᵊḵˌem אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּ֑ום yyˈôm יֹום day
לָ לְ to
לֶ֗כֶת lˈeḵeṯ הלך walk
אַחֲרֵ֛י ʔaḥᵃrˈê אַחַר after
אֱלֹהִ֥ים ʔᵉlōhˌîm אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֲחֵרִ֖ים ʔᵃḥērˌîm אַחֵר other
אֲשֶׁ֥ר ʔᵃšˌer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
לֹֽא־ lˈō- לֹא not
יְדַעְתֶּֽם׃ ס yᵊḏaʕtˈem . s ידע know
11:28. maledictionem si non audieritis mandata Domini Dei vestri sed recesseritis de via quam ego nunc ostendo vobis et ambulaveritis post deos alienos quos ignoratis
A curse, if you obey not the commandments of the Lord your God, but revolt from the way which now I shew you, and walk after strange gods which you know not.
11:28. It will be a curse, if you do not obey the commandments of the Lord your God, but instead you withdraw from the way, which I am revealing to you now, and you walk after foreign gods that you have not known.
11:28. And a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the LORD your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:28: Deut. 28:15-68, Deu 29:19-28; Lev. 26:14-32; Isa 1:20, Isa 3:11; Mat 25:41; Rom 2:8, Rom 2:9; Gal 3:10
Geneva 1599
11:28 And a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the LORD your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not (k) known.
(k) He reproves the malice of men who leave that which is certain to follow that which is uncertain.
John Gill
11:28 And a curse, if ye will not obey the commandments of the Lord your God,.... Accursed in body and estate, in basket and store; in their families, flocks, and herds; within doors and without; in city, and country; going out, or coming in; in this world, and that to come, if divine goodness prevent not; see Deut 28:15.
but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day; which the law he gave them, and repeated to them, directed them to walk in:
to go after other gods, which ye have not known; to serve and worship the gods of other nations, strange gods, which neither they nor their fathers knew anything of, or ever received any good thing from; and which indeed are no gods, and nothing in the world, as an idol is.
John Wesley
11:28 Which ye have not known - Which you have no acquaintance with, nor experience of their power, or wisdom, or goodness, as you have had of mine.
11:2911:29: Եւ եղիցի յորժամ տարցի զքեզ Տէր Աստուած քո յերկիրն յոր անցանես ընդ Յորդանան ժառանգե՛լ զնա. եւ տացես դու զօրհնութիւնն ՚ի լերինն Գարիզին, եւ զանէծս ՚ի լերինն Գեբաղ[1802]։ [1802] Ոմանք. Յոր անցանիցես ընդ Յոր՛՛... ՚ի լերինն Գարեզին։
29 Երբ քո Տէր Աստուածը քեզ տանի այն երկիրը, դէպի ուր անցնում ես Յորդանան գետով, որպէսզի ժառանգես այն, ապա օրհնութի՛ւն առաքիր Գարիզին լերան վրայ եւ անէ՛ծք՝ Գեբաղ լերան վրայ:
29 Ուստի երբ քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզ տանի այն երկիրը, ուր պիտի մտնես ու ժառանգես, օրհնութիւնը Գարիզին լերանը վրայ ու անէծքը Գեբաղ լերանը վրայ պիտի դնես։
Եւ եղիցի յորժամ տարցի զքեզ Տէր Աստուած քո յերկիրն յոր անցանես [211]ընդ Յորդանան`` ժառանգել զնա, եւ տացես դու զօրհնութիւնն ի լերինն Գարիզին, եւ զանէծս ի լերինն Գեբաղ:

11:29: Եւ եղիցի յորժամ տարցի զքեզ Տէր Աստուած քո յերկիրն յոր անցանես ընդ Յորդանան ժառանգե՛լ զնա. եւ տացես դու զօրհնութիւնն ՚ի լերինն Գարիզին, եւ զանէծս ՚ի լերինն Գեբաղ[1802]։
[1802] Ոմանք. Յոր անցանիցես ընդ Յոր՛՛... ՚ի լերինն Գարեզին։
29 Երբ քո Տէր Աստուածը քեզ տանի այն երկիրը, դէպի ուր անցնում ես Յորդանան գետով, որպէսզի ժառանգես այն, ապա օրհնութի՛ւն առաքիր Գարիզին լերան վրայ եւ անէ՛ծք՝ Գեբաղ լերան վրայ:
29 Ուստի երբ քու Տէր Աստուածդ քեզ տանի այն երկիրը, ուր պիտի մտնես ու ժառանգես, օրհնութիւնը Գարիզին լերանը վրայ ու անէծքը Գեբաղ լերանը վրայ պիտի դնես։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:2929: Когда введет тебя Господь, Бог твой, в ту землю, в которую ты идешь, чтоб овладеть ею, тогда произнеси благословение на горе Гаризим, а проклятие на горе Гевал:
11:29 καὶ και and; even ἔσται ειμι be ὅταν οταν when; once εἰσαγάγῃ εισαγω lead in; bring in σε σε.1 you κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεός θεος God σου σου of you; your εἰς εις into; for τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land εἰς εις into; for ἣν ος who; what διαβαίνεις διαβαινω step through; go across ἐκεῖ εκει there κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτήν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit τὴν ο the εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation ἐπ᾿ επι in; on ὄρος ορος mountain; mount Γαριζιν γαριζιν and; even τὴν ο the κατάραν καταρα curse ἐπ᾿ επι in; on ὄρος ορος mountain; mount Γαιβαλ γαιβαλ Gaibal; Yeval
11:29 וְ wᵊ וְ and הָיָ֗ה hāyˈā היה be כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that יְבִֽיאֲךָ֙ yᵊvˈîʔᵃḵā בוא come יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s) אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to הָ hā הַ the אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] אַתָּ֥ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you בָא־ vā- בוא come שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there לְ lᵊ לְ to רִשְׁתָּ֑הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down וְ wᵊ וְ and נָתַתָּ֤ה nāṯattˈā נתן give אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the בְּרָכָה֙ bbᵊrāḵˌā בְּרָכָה blessing עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ֣ר hˈar הַר mountain גְּרִזִ֔ים gᵊrizˈîm גְּרִזִים Gerizim וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the קְּלָלָ֖ה qqᵊlālˌā קְלָלָה curse עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain עֵיבָֽל׃ ʕêvˈāl עֵיבָל Ebal
11:29. cum introduxerit te Dominus Deus tuus in terram ad quam pergis habitandam pones benedictionem super montem Garizim maledictionem super montem HebalAnd when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land, whither thou goest to dwell, thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Garizim, the curse upon mount Hebal:
29. And it shall come to pass, when the LORD thy God shall bring thee into the land whither thou goest to possess it, that thou shalt set the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal.
11:29. Yet truly, when the Lord your God will have led you into the land, to which you are traveling for a habitation, you shall place the blessing upon Mount Gerizim, the curse upon Mount Ebal,
11:29. And it shall come to pass, when the LORD thy God hath brought thee in unto the land whither thou goest to possess it, that thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal.
And it shall come to pass, when the LORD thy God hath brought thee in unto the land whither thou goest to possess it, that thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal:

29: Когда введет тебя Господь, Бог твой, в ту землю, в которую ты идешь, чтоб овладеть ею, тогда произнеси благословение на горе Гаризим, а проклятие на горе Гевал:
11:29
καὶ και and; even
ἔσται ειμι be
ὅταν οταν when; once
εἰσαγάγῃ εισαγω lead in; bring in
σε σε.1 you
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεός θεος God
σου σου of you; your
εἰς εις into; for
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
εἰς εις into; for
ἣν ος who; what
διαβαίνεις διαβαινω step through; go across
ἐκεῖ εκει there
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτήν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
δώσεις διδωμι give; deposit
τὴν ο the
εὐλογίαν ευλογια commendation; acclamation
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
Γαριζιν γαριζιν and; even
τὴν ο the
κατάραν καταρα curse
ἐπ᾿ επι in; on
ὄρος ορος mountain; mount
Γαιβαλ γαιβαλ Gaibal; Yeval
11:29
וְ wᵊ וְ and
הָיָ֗ה hāyˈā היה be
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
יְבִֽיאֲךָ֙ yᵊvˈîʔᵃḵā בוא come
יְהוָ֣ה [yᵊhwˈāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֶ֔יךָ ʔᵉlōhˈeʸḵā אֱלֹהִים god(s)
אֶל־ ʔel- אֶל to
הָ הַ the
אָ֕רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אַתָּ֥ה ʔattˌā אַתָּה you
בָא־ vā- בוא come
שָׁ֖מָּה šˌāmmā שָׁם there
לְ lᵊ לְ to
רִשְׁתָּ֑הּ rištˈāh ירשׁ trample down
וְ wᵊ וְ and
נָתַתָּ֤ה nāṯattˈā נתן give
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
בְּרָכָה֙ bbᵊrāḵˌā בְּרָכָה blessing
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ֣ר hˈar הַר mountain
גְּרִזִ֔ים gᵊrizˈîm גְּרִזִים Gerizim
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
קְּלָלָ֖ה qqᵊlālˌā קְלָלָה curse
עַל־ ʕal- עַל upon
הַ֥ר hˌar הַר mountain
עֵיבָֽל׃ ʕêvˈāl עֵיבָל Ebal
11:29. cum introduxerit te Dominus Deus tuus in terram ad quam pergis habitandam pones benedictionem super montem Garizim maledictionem super montem Hebal
And when the Lord thy God shall have brought thee into the land, whither thou goest to dwell, thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Garizim, the curse upon mount Hebal:
11:29. Yet truly, when the Lord your God will have led you into the land, to which you are traveling for a habitation, you shall place the blessing upon Mount Gerizim, the curse upon Mount Ebal,
11:29. And it shall come to pass, when the LORD thy God hath brought thee in unto the land whither thou goest to possess it, that thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ tr▾ ab▾ ac▾ tb▾ all ▾
А. П. Лопухин: Tолковая Библия или комментарий на все книги Св.Писания Ветхого и Нового Заветов - 1903-1914
29-30. Ср. Втор XXVII:12–26. Горою Гаризим считают ту, на склоне которой построен Сихем (Неаполис, Кабулус), расположенный близ древней дубовой рощи Море (Быт XII:6). Гора Гевал высится на северной стороне Сихемской долины.

«Против Галгала» По мнению некоторых комментаторов, Галгал, упоминаемый в 30: ст. XI гл. кн. Втор. нужно отличать от Галгала, упоминаемого в 19–20: ст. IV гл., 9–10: ст. V гл. кн. Нав.
Adam Clarke: Commentary on the Bible - 1831
11:29: Thou shalt put the blessing upon Mount Gerizim, and the curse upon Mount Ebal - The etymology of these names may be supposed to cast some light on this institution. גרזים gerizzim, from גרז garaz, to cut, cut off, cut down; hence גרזים gerizzim, the cutters down, fellers, and reapers or harvest-men, this mountain being supposed to have its name from its great fertility, or the abundance of the crops it yielded, which is a possible case. Of עיבל ebal or eybal the root is not found in Hebrew; but in Arabic abala signifies rough, rugged, curled, etc.; and abalo, from the same root, signifies white stones, and a mountain in which such stones are found; alabalo, the mount of white stones. See Giggeius and Golius. And as it is supposed that the mountain had this name because of its barrenness, on this metaphorical interpretation the sense of the passage would appear to be the following: God will so superintend the land, and have it continually under the eye of his watchful providence, that no change can happen in it but according to his Divine counsel, so that its fertility shall ever be the consequence of the faithful obedience of its inhabitants, and a proof of the blessing of God upon it; on the contrary, its barrenness shall be a proof that the people have departed from their God, and that his curse has in consequence fallen upon the land. See the manner of placing these blessings and curses, Deu 27:12, etc. That Gerizim is very fruitful, and that Ebal is very barren, is the united testimony of all who have traveled in those parts. See Ludolf, Reland, Rab, Benjamin, and Mr. Maundrell. Sychem lies in the valley between these two mountains.
That the land of Judea was naturally very fertile, can scarcely be supposed by any who considers the accounts given of it by travelers; with the exception of a few districts, the whole land is dry, stony, and barren, and particularly all the southern parts of Judea, and all the environs of Jerusalem, most of which are represented as absolutely incapable of cultivation. How then could it ever support its vast number of inhabitants? By the especial providence of God. While God kept that people under his continual protection, their land was a paradise; they lent to all nations and borrowed from none. What has it been since? A demi-solitude, because that especial blessing no longer descends upon it. No land, says Calmet, was more fertile while under the benediction of God; none more barren when under his curse. Its present state is a proof of the declaration of Moses, Deu 28:23 : "The heaven over their head is brass; the earth under their feet, iron." The land itself, in its present state is an ample proof of the authenticity of the Pentateuch. Should facts of this kind be lost sight of by any who read the sacred writings?
Albert Barnes: Notes on the Bible - 1834
11:29: Thou shalt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim - literally, thou shalt give, i. e., "give" utterance to it. On the ceremony see Deu 27:14 ff.
Mount Gerizim, barren like Ebal, was probably selected as the hill of benediction because it was the southernmost of the two, the south being the region, according to Hebrew ideas, of light, and so of life and blessing. The situation of the mountains is described more accurately in Deu 11:30. The words "by the way where the sun goeth down," should run, beyond the road of the west; i. e., on the further side of the main track which ran from Syria and Damascus to Jerusalem and Egypt through the center of Palestine. This is called "the way of the west" in contrast to the ether main route from Damascus to the south which passed through the district east of Jordan. The further specifications "Gilgal" and "the plains (rather, the oaks, compare Gen 12:6 note) of Moreh," are added to define more particularly the section of Canaanites intended.
This Gilgal is perhaps to be found in Jiljilia, a large village about twelve miles south of Gerizim.
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:29: put the blessing: Deu 27:12-26; Jos 8:30-35
Gerizim: Gerizim and Ebal, mountains west of Jordan, and in the tribe of Ephraim, are opposite, or parallel to each other, extending from east to west; mount Gerizim being on the south, and mount Ebal on the north. They are separated by the beautiful valley in which Shechem or Nablous is situated, which is only about 200 paces in width. Both mountains are much alike in length, height, and figure; being about a league in length, in the form of a semicircle, and so steep, on the side of Shechem, that there is scarcely any shelving. their altitude appeared to Mr. Buckingham nearly equal, not exceeding 700 or 800 feet from the level of the valley, which is itself elevated. But though they resemble each other in these particulars, yet in another they are very dissimilar; for, says Maundrell, "though neither of the mountains has much to boast of as to its pleasantness, yet, as one passes between them, Gerizim seems to discover a somewhat more verdant, fruitful aspect then Ebal. the reason of which may be, because fronting towards the north, it is sheltered from the heat of the sun by its own shade; whereas Ebal, looking southward, and receiving the sun that comes directly upon it, must by consequence be rendered more scorched and unfruitful."
Famous Mountains Amalek in the tribe of Ephraim Jdg 12:15 Calvary near Jerusalem Luk 23:33 Carmel near the Mediterranean Jos 19:26 Ebal near to Gerizim Jos 8:30 En-gedi near the Dead Sea Jos 15:62 Gaash in the tribe of Ephraim Jos 24:30 Gilboa south of the valley of Israel Sa2 1:21 Gilead beyond Jordan Gen 31:21-25 Gerizim on which afterwards stood a temple of the Samaritans Jdg 9:7 Hermon beyond Jordan Jos 11:3 Hor in Idumea Num 20:22 Horeb in Arabia Petrea near Sinai Deu 1:2 Lebanon separates Syria from Palestine Deu 3:25 Moriah where the temple was built Ch2 3:1 Nebo part of the mountains of Abarim Num 32:3 Olives east of Jerusalem divided only by brook Kidron Kg1 11:17; Kg2 23:13; Act 1:12 Paran in Arabia Petrea Gen 14:6 Deu 1:1 Pisgah beyond Jordan Num 21:20 Deu 34:1 Seir in Idume Gen 14:6 Sinai in Arabia Petrea Exo 19:2 Deu 33:2 Sion near to mount Moriah Sa2 5:7 Tabor in the Lower Galilee Jdg 4:6
John Gill
11:29 And it shall come to pass, when the Lord thy God hath bought thee into the land whither thou goest to possess it,.... Which is often observed, as being near at hand; and when and where many things were to be done, which could not be done in the place and circumstances they now were, particularly what follows:
that thou shall put the blessing on Mount Gerizim, and the curse upon Mount Ebal; that is, pronounce the one on one mountain, and the other on the other mountain, or at least towards them, or over against them. The Targum of Jonathan is"ye shall set six tribes on Mount Gerizim, and six tribes on Mount Ebal; (#De 27:12,13) blessing they shall turn their faces against Mount Gerizim, and cursing they shall turn their faces against Mount Ebal;''with which agrees the account given in the Misnah;"six tribes went to the top of Mount Gerizim, and six to the top of Mount Ebal; and the priests and the Levites, and the ark, stood below in the middle; the priests surrounded the ark, and the Levites the priests, and all Israel were on this and on that side of the ark, as in Josh 8:33 then they turned their faces against Gerizim, they opened with the blessing, blessed is he that maketh not any graven or molten image, and both answered "Amen"; then they turned their faces against Mount Ebal, and opened with the curse, Deut 27:15 and both answered Amen (s);''see the performance of this command in Josh 8:33.
(s) Sotah, c. 7. sect. 5.
John Wesley
11:29 Put - Heb. Thou shalt give, that is, speak or pronounce, or cause to be pronounced. So the word to give is used, Deut 13:1-2; Job 36:3; Prov 9:9. This is, more particularly expressed, Deut 27:12-13.
11:3011:30: Ոչ ապաքէն յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանո՛ւ է այն՝ յետոյ ճանապարհին արեւմտից յերկիրն Քանանացւոց. որոյ նիստն ընդ արեւմուտս է մե՛րձ ՚ի Գաղգաղ, առ կաղնեաւն բարձու[1803]։ [1803] Ոմանք. Ընդ արեւմուտսն է մերձ ՚ի Գողգողն։
30 Չէ՞ որ դրանք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում են, Քանանացիների երկրի արեւմտեան ճանապարհի յետեւում, Գաղգաղի մօտ, բարձր կաղնու մերձակայքում:
30 Ահա* ասոնք Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը արեւմտեան ճամբուն վրայ, Մօրէի կաղնիներուն մօտ, Գաղգաղայի դիմացի հովտին մէջ բնակող Քանանացիներուն երկրին մէջ են։
ո՞չ ապաքէն յայնկոյս Յորդանանու է այն, յետոյ ճանապարհին արեւմտից յերկրին Քանանացւոց, [212]որոյ նիստն ընդ արեւմուտս է մերձ ի Գաղգաղ` առ կաղնեաւն բարձու:

11:30: Ոչ ապաքէն յա՛յն կոյս Յորդանանո՛ւ է այն՝ յետոյ ճանապարհին արեւմտից յերկիրն Քանանացւոց. որոյ նիստն ընդ արեւմուտս է մե՛րձ ՚ի Գաղգաղ, առ կաղնեաւն բարձու[1803]։
[1803] Ոմանք. Ընդ արեւմուտսն է մերձ ՚ի Գողգողն։
30 Չէ՞ որ դրանք Յորդանան գետի այն կողմում են, Քանանացիների երկրի արեւմտեան ճանապարհի յետեւում, Գաղգաղի մօտ, բարձր կաղնու մերձակայքում:
30 Ահա* ասոնք Յորդանանի անդիի կողմը արեւմտեան ճամբուն վրայ, Մօրէի կաղնիներուն մօտ, Գաղգաղայի դիմացի հովտին մէջ բնակող Քանանացիներուն երկրին մէջ են։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:3030: вот они за Иорданом, по дороге к захождению солнца, в земле Хананеев, живущих на равнине, против Галгала, близ дубравы Море.
11:30 οὐκ ου not ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am ταῦτα ουτος this; he πέραν περαν on the other side τοῦ ο the Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after ὁδὸν οδος way; journey δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west ἡλίου ηλιος sun ἐν εν in γῇ γη earth; land Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan τὸ ο the κατοικοῦν κατοικεω settle ἐπὶ επι in; on δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west ἐχόμενον εχω have; hold τοῦ ο the Γολγολ γολγολ near; neighbor τῆς ο the δρυὸς δρυς the ὑψηλῆς υψηλος high; lofty
11:30 הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative] לֹא־ lō- לֹא not הֵ֜מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they בְּ bᵊ בְּ in עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֗ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan אַֽחֲרֵי֙ ʔˈaḥᵃrê אַחַר after דֶּ֚רֶךְ ˈdereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way מְבֹ֣וא mᵊvˈô מָבֹוא entrance הַ ha הַ the שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ ššˈemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun בְּ bᵊ בְּ in אֶ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth הַֽ hˈa הַ the כְּנַעֲנִ֔י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˈî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite הַ ha הַ the יֹּשֵׁ֖ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit בָּ bā בְּ in † הַ the עֲרָבָ֑ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert מ֚וּל ˈmûl מוּל front הַ ha הַ the גִּלְגָּ֔ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal אֵ֖צֶל ʔˌēṣel אֵצֶל side אֵלֹונֵ֥י ʔēlônˌê אֵלֹון big tree מֹרֶֽה׃ mōrˈeh מֹורֶה Moreh
11:30. qui sunt trans Iordanem post viam quae vergit ad solis occubitum in terra Chananei qui habitat in campestribus contra Galgalam quae est iuxta vallem tendentem et intrantem proculWhich are beyond the Jordan, behind the way that goeth to the setting of the sun, in the land of the Chanaanite who dwelleth in the plain country over against Galgala, which is near the valley that reacheth and entereth far.
30. Are they not beyond Jordan, behind the way of the going down of the sun, in the land of the Canaanites which dwell in the Arabah, over against Gilgal, beside the oaks of Moreh?
11:30. which are across the Jordan, behind the way which slopes toward the setting of the sun, in the land of the Canaanite, who lives in the plains opposite Gilgal, which is near the valley extending toward and entering a distant place.
11:30. [Are] they not on the other side Jordan, by the way where the sun goeth down, in the land of the Canaanites, which dwell in the champaign over against Gilgal, beside the plains of Moreh?
Are they not on the other side Jordan, by the way where the sun goeth down, in the land of the Canaanites, which dwell in the champaign over against Gilgal, beside the plains of Moreh:

30: вот они за Иорданом, по дороге к захождению солнца, в земле Хананеев, живущих на равнине, против Галгала, близ дубравы Море.
11:30
οὐκ ου not
ἰδοὺ ιδου see!; here I am
ταῦτα ουτος this; he
πέραν περαν on the other side
τοῦ ο the
Ιορδάνου ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
ὀπίσω οπισω in back; after
ὁδὸν οδος way; journey
δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west
ἡλίου ηλιος sun
ἐν εν in
γῇ γη earth; land
Χανααν χανααν Chanaan; Khanaan
τὸ ο the
κατοικοῦν κατοικεω settle
ἐπὶ επι in; on
δυσμῶν δυσμη sunset; west
ἐχόμενον εχω have; hold
τοῦ ο the
Γολγολ γολγολ near; neighbor
τῆς ο the
δρυὸς δρυς the
ὑψηλῆς υψηλος high; lofty
11:30
הֲ hᵃ הֲ [interrogative]
לֹא־ lō- לֹא not
הֵ֜מָּה hˈēmmā הֵמָּה they
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
עֵ֣בֶר ʕˈēver עֵבֶר opposite
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֗ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
אַֽחֲרֵי֙ ʔˈaḥᵃrê אַחַר after
דֶּ֚רֶךְ ˈdereḵ דֶּרֶךְ way
מְבֹ֣וא mᵊvˈô מָבֹוא entrance
הַ ha הַ the
שֶּׁ֔מֶשׁ ššˈemeš שֶׁמֶשׁ sun
בְּ bᵊ בְּ in
אֶ֨רֶץ֙ ʔˈereṣ אֶרֶץ earth
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
כְּנַעֲנִ֔י kkᵊnaʕᵃnˈî כְּנַעֲנִי Canaanite
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּשֵׁ֖ב yyōšˌēv ישׁב sit
בָּ בְּ in
הַ the
עֲרָבָ֑ה ʕᵃrāvˈā עֲרָבָה desert
מ֚וּל ˈmûl מוּל front
הַ ha הַ the
גִּלְגָּ֔ל ggilgˈāl גִּלְגָּל Gilgal
אֵ֖צֶל ʔˌēṣel אֵצֶל side
אֵלֹונֵ֥י ʔēlônˌê אֵלֹון big tree
מֹרֶֽה׃ mōrˈeh מֹורֶה Moreh
11:30. qui sunt trans Iordanem post viam quae vergit ad solis occubitum in terra Chananei qui habitat in campestribus contra Galgalam quae est iuxta vallem tendentem et intrantem procul
Which are beyond the Jordan, behind the way that goeth to the setting of the sun, in the land of the Chanaanite who dwelleth in the plain country over against Galgala, which is near the valley that reacheth and entereth far.
11:30. which are across the Jordan, behind the way which slopes toward the setting of the sun, in the land of the Canaanite, who lives in the plains opposite Gilgal, which is near the valley extending toward and entering a distant place.
11:30. [Are] they not on the other side Jordan, by the way where the sun goeth down, in the land of the Canaanites, which dwell in the champaign over against Gilgal, beside the plains of Moreh?
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jw▾ jg▾ gnv▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:30: Gilgal: Gen 12:6; Jos 5:9; Jdg 7:1
Geneva 1599
11:30 [Are] they not on the other side Jordan, by the way (l) where the sun goeth down, in the land of the Canaanites, which dwell in the champaign over against Gilgal, beside the plains of Moreh?
(l) Meaning, in Samaria.
John Gill
11:30 Are they not on the other side Jordan,.... Opposite to that where Moses now was in the plains of Moab, even in Samaria; so in the Misnah (t) it is said,"as soon as Israel passed over Jordan, they came to Mount Gerizim and Mount Ebal, which are in Samaria;''but those mountains were not near Jordan nor Jericho, to which the people of Israel came first, but sixty miles from thence; though they were, as Moses says, on the other side from the place they now were:
by the way wherewith the sun goeth down; or, as the Targum of Jonathan,"after the way of the sun setting;''following that, or taking their direction from thence, signifying that they lay to the west of Jordan:
in the land of the Canaanites; of that particular tribe or nation which were eminently called Canaanites, for these dwelt by the sea by the coast of Jordan, Num 13:29 or as further described:
that dwell in the champaign over against Gilgal; in the plain open champaign country opposite to Gilgal; not that Gilgal Joshua encamped at before he came to Jericho, which in Moses's time was not known by that name, but another, as Dr. Lightfoot (u) observes, and he thinks Galilee is meant:
beside the plains of Moreh; near to Shechem, Gen 12:6 and that Gerizim, one of these mountains, was not far from Shechem, is evident from Judg 9:6 and so in the Misnah (w) it is said, that these mountains were on the side of Shechem, which is in the plains of Moreh, as in Deut 11:30 as the plains of Moreh here denote Shechem, so there: Benjamin of Tudela says (x) there is a valley between them, in which lies Shechem; and in his time there were on Mount Gerizim fountains and orchards, but Mount Ebal was dry like stones and rocks. The Targum of Jonathan here, instead of Moreh, reads Mamre; see Gen 13:18.
(t) Sotah, c. 7. sect. 5. (u) Chorograph. Cent. c. 48. (w) Sotah, c. 7. sect. 5. (x) Itinerarium, p. 38, 40.
John Wesley
11:30 Over against - Looking toward Gilgal, tho' at some considerable distance from it. Beside the plains of Moreh - This was one of the first places that Abram came to in Canaan. So that in sending them thither to hear the blessing and the curse, they were minded of the promise made to Abram in that very place, Gen 12:6-7.
11:3111:31: Եւ դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան մտանել ժառանգե՛լ զերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած տալո՛ց է քեզ ՚ի ժառանգութիւն զամենայն աւուրս. եւ ժառանգեսջի՛ք զնա՝ եւ բնակեսջի՛ք ՚ի նմա[1804]։[1804] Ոմանք. Տալոց է ձեզ ՚ի ժառան՛՛։
31 Եւ դուք անցէ՛ք Յորդանան գետով՝ մտնելու եւ ժառանգելու համար այն երկիրը, որ Տէր Աստուածը տալու է ձեզ որպէս ժառանգութիւն բոլոր օրերի համար: Ժառանգեցէ՛ք այն եւ բնակուեցէ՛ք նրա մէջ:
31 Որովհետեւ դուք Յորդանանէն պիտի անցնիք, որպէս զի մտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, որ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը ձեզի պիտի տայ ու զանիկա պիտի ժառանգէք եւ անոր մէջ պիտի բնակիք։
Եւ դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան մտանել ժառանգել զերկիրն զոր Տէր Աստուած տալոց է ձեզ ի ժառանգութիւն [213]զամենայն աւուրս``, եւ ժառանգեսջիք զնա եւ բնակեսջիք ի նմա:

11:31: Եւ դուք անցանէք ընդ Յորդանան մտանել ժառանգե՛լ զերկիրն՝ զոր Տէր Աստուած տալո՛ց է քեզ ՚ի ժառանգութիւն զամենայն աւուրս. եւ ժառանգեսջի՛ք զնա՝ եւ բնակեսջի՛ք ՚ի նմա[1804]։
[1804] Ոմանք. Տալոց է ձեզ ՚ի ժառան՛՛։
31 Եւ դուք անցէ՛ք Յորդանան գետով՝ մտնելու եւ ժառանգելու համար այն երկիրը, որ Տէր Աստուածը տալու է ձեզ որպէս ժառանգութիւն բոլոր օրերի համար: Ժառանգեցէ՛ք այն եւ բնակուեցէ՛ք նրա մէջ:
31 Որովհետեւ դուք Յորդանանէն պիտի անցնիք, որպէս զի մտնէք ու ժառանգէք այն երկիրը, որ ձեր Տէր Աստուածը ձեզի պիտի տայ ու զանիկա պիտի ժառանգէք եւ անոր մէջ պիտի բնակիք։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:3131: Ибо вы переходите Иордан, чтобы пойти овладеть землею, которую Господь, Бог ваш, дает вам, и овладеете ею и будете жить на ней.
11:31 ὑμεῖς υμεις you γὰρ γαρ for διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across τὸν ο the Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis εἰσελθόντες εισερχομαι enter; go in κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir τὴν ο the γῆν γη earth; land ἣν ος who; what κύριος κυριος lord; master ὁ ο the θεὸς θεος God ὑμῶν υμων your δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit ὑμῖν υμιν you ἐν εν in κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment πάσας πας all; every τὰς ο the ἡμέρας ημερα day καὶ και and; even κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir αὐτὴν αυτος he; him καὶ και and; even κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle ἐν εν in αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
11:31 כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you עֹבְרִ֣ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan לָ lā לְ to בֹא֙ vˌō בוא come לָ lā לְ to רֶ֣שֶׁת rˈešeṯ ירשׁ trample down אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הָ hā הַ the אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative] יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˌem אֱלֹהִים god(s) נֹתֵ֣ן nōṯˈēn נתן give לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to וִֽ wˈi וְ and ירִשְׁתֶּ֥ם yrištˌem ירשׁ trample down אֹתָ֖הּ ʔōṯˌāh אֵת [object marker] וִֽ wˈi וְ and ישַׁבְתֶּם־ yšavtem- ישׁב sit בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
11:31. vos enim transibitis Iordanem ut possideatis terram quam Dominus Deus vester daturus est vobis et habeatis ac possideatis illamFor you shall pass over the Jordan, to possess the land, which the Lord your God will give you, that you may have it and possess it.
31. For ye are to pass over Jordan to go in to possess the land which the LORD your God giveth you, and ye shall possess it, and dwell therein.
11:31. For you shall cross over the Jordan, so that you may possess the land which the Lord your God will give you, so that you may have it and possess it.
11:31. For ye shall pass over Jordan to go in to possess the land which the LORD your God giveth you, and ye shall possess it, and dwell therein.
For ye shall pass over Jordan to go in to possess the land which the LORD your God giveth you, and ye shall possess it, and dwell therein:

31: Ибо вы переходите Иордан, чтобы пойти овладеть землею, которую Господь, Бог ваш, дает вам, и овладеете ею и будете жить на ней.
11:31
ὑμεῖς υμεις you
γὰρ γαρ for
διαβαίνετε διαβαινω step through; go across
τὸν ο the
Ιορδάνην ιορδανης Iordanēs; Iorthanis
εἰσελθόντες εισερχομαι enter; go in
κληρονομῆσαι κληρονομεω inherit; heir
τὴν ο the
γῆν γη earth; land
ἣν ος who; what
κύριος κυριος lord; master
ο the
θεὸς θεος God
ὑμῶν υμων your
δίδωσιν διδωμι give; deposit
ὑμῖν υμιν you
ἐν εν in
κλήρῳ κληρος lot; allotment
πάσας πας all; every
τὰς ο the
ἡμέρας ημερα day
καὶ και and; even
κληρονομήσετε κληρονομεω inherit; heir
αὐτὴν αυτος he; him
καὶ και and; even
κατοικήσετε κατοικεω settle
ἐν εν in
αὐτῇ αυτος he; him
11:31
כִּ֤י kˈî כִּי that
אַתֶּם֙ ʔattˌem אַתֶּם you
עֹבְרִ֣ים ʕōvᵊrˈîm עבר pass
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
יַּרְדֵּ֔ן yyardˈēn יַרְדֵּן Jordan
לָ לְ to
בֹא֙ vˌō בוא come
לָ לְ to
רֶ֣שֶׁת rˈešeṯ ירשׁ trample down
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הָ הַ the
אָ֔רֶץ ʔˈāreṣ אֶרֶץ earth
אֲשֶׁר־ ʔᵃšer- אֲשֶׁר [relative]
יְהוָ֥ה [yᵊhwˌāh] יְהוָה YHWH
אֱלֹהֵיכֶ֖ם ʔᵉlōhêḵˌem אֱלֹהִים god(s)
נֹתֵ֣ן nōṯˈēn נתן give
לָכֶ֑ם lāḵˈem לְ to
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ירִשְׁתֶּ֥ם yrištˌem ירשׁ trample down
אֹתָ֖הּ ʔōṯˌāh אֵת [object marker]
וִֽ wˈi וְ and
ישַׁבְתֶּם־ yšavtem- ישׁב sit
בָּֽהּ׃ bˈāh בְּ in
11:31. vos enim transibitis Iordanem ut possideatis terram quam Dominus Deus vester daturus est vobis et habeatis ac possideatis illam
For you shall pass over the Jordan, to possess the land, which the Lord your God will give you, that you may have it and possess it.
11:31. For you shall cross over the Jordan, so that you may possess the land which the Lord your God will give you, so that you may have it and possess it.
11:31. For ye shall pass over Jordan to go in to possess the land which the LORD your God giveth you, and ye shall possess it, and dwell therein.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:31: Deu 9:1; Jos 1:11, Jos 3:13-17
John Gill
11:31 For ye shall pass over Jordan, to go in to possess the land Which the Lord your God giveth you,.... They were now near it, and by this they are assured they should pass over it, in order to take possession of the land God had given them, and which gift of his was a sufficient title to it:
and ye shall possess it, and dwell therein: should not only take possession of it, but make their abode in it; they are assured hereby of continuance in it, on condition they obeyed the laws of God, as follows.
11:3211:32: Եւ զգուշասջի՛ք առնել զամենայն հրամանս նորա, եւ զդատաստանս զայսոսիկ զոր ես տա՛մ առաջի ձեր այսօր։
32 Զգո՛յշ եղէք, որ կատարէք նրա բոլոր հրամանները եւ կանոնները, որ ես այսօր դնում եմ ձեր առաջ»:
32 Ուրեմն զգուշութեամբ գործադրեցէք այն բոլոր կանոններն ու օրէնքները, որոնք ես այսօր ձեր առջեւ կը դնեմ»։
Եւ զգուշասջիք առնել զամենայն հրամանս նորա, եւ զդատաստանս զայսոսիկ զոր ես տամ առաջի ձեր այսօր:

11:32: Եւ զգուշասջի՛ք առնել զամենայն հրամանս նորա, եւ զդատաստանս զայսոսիկ զոր ես տա՛մ առաջի ձեր այսօր։
32 Զգո՛յշ եղէք, որ կատարէք նրա բոլոր հրամանները եւ կանոնները, որ ես այսօր դնում եմ ձեր առաջ»:
32 Ուրեմն զգուշութեամբ գործադրեցէք այն բոլոր կանոններն ու օրէնքները, որոնք ես այսօր ձեր առջեւ կը դնեմ»։
zohrab-1805▾ eastern-1994▾ western am▾
11:3232: Итак старайтесь соблюдать все постановления и законы [Его], которые предлагаю я вам сегодня.
11:32 καὶ και and; even φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep τοῦ ο the ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make πάντα πας all; every τὰ ο the προστάγματα προσταγμα he; him καὶ και and; even τὰς ο the κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment ταύτας ουτος this; he ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as ἐγὼ εγω I δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing ὑμῶν υμων your σήμερον σημερον today; present
11:32 וּ û וְ and שְׁמַרְתֶּ֣ם šᵊmartˈem שׁמר keep לַ la לְ to עֲשֹׂ֔ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker] כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole הַֽ hˈa הַ the חֻקִּ֖ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion וְ wᵊ וְ and אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker] הַ ha הַ the מִּשְׁפָּטִ֑ים mmišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative] אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give לִ li לְ to פְנֵיכֶ֖ם fᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face הַ ha הַ the יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
11:32. videte ergo ut impleatis caerimonias atque iudicia quae ego hodie ponam in conspectu vestroSee therefore that you fulfil the ceremonies and judgments, which I shall set this day before you.
32. And ye shall observe to do all the statutes and the judgments which I set before you this day.
11:32. Therefore, see to it that you fulfill the ceremonies and judgments, which I am placing in your sight this day.”
11:32. And ye shall observe to do all the statutes and judgments which I set before you this day.
And ye shall observe to do all the statutes and judgments which I set before you this day:

32: Итак старайтесь соблюдать все постановления и законы [Его], которые предлагаю я вам сегодня.
11:32
καὶ και and; even
φυλάξεσθε φυλασσω guard; keep
τοῦ ο the
ποιεῖν ποιεω do; make
πάντα πας all; every
τὰ ο the
προστάγματα προσταγμα he; him
καὶ και and; even
τὰς ο the
κρίσεις κρισις decision; judgment
ταύτας ουτος this; he
ὅσας οσος as much as; as many as
ἐγὼ εγω I
δίδωμι διδωμι give; deposit
ἐνώπιον ενωπιος in the face; facing
ὑμῶν υμων your
σήμερον σημερον today; present
11:32
וּ û וְ and
שְׁמַרְתֶּ֣ם šᵊmartˈem שׁמר keep
לַ la לְ to
עֲשֹׂ֔ות ʕᵃśˈôṯ עשׂה make
אֵ֥ת ʔˌēṯ אֵת [object marker]
כָּל־ kol- כֹּל whole
הַֽ hˈa הַ the
חֻקִּ֖ים ḥuqqˌîm חֹק portion
וְ wᵊ וְ and
אֶת־ ʔeṯ- אֵת [object marker]
הַ ha הַ the
מִּשְׁפָּטִ֑ים mmišpāṭˈîm מִשְׁפָּט justice
אֲשֶׁ֧ר ʔᵃšˈer אֲשֶׁר [relative]
אָנֹכִ֛י ʔānōḵˈî אָנֹכִי i
נֹתֵ֥ן nōṯˌēn נתן give
לִ li לְ to
פְנֵיכֶ֖ם fᵊnêḵˌem פָּנֶה face
הַ ha הַ the
יֹּֽום׃ yyˈôm יֹום day
11:32. videte ergo ut impleatis caerimonias atque iudicia quae ego hodie ponam in conspectu vestro
See therefore that you fulfil the ceremonies and judgments, which I shall set this day before you.
11:32. Therefore, see to it that you fulfill the ceremonies and judgments, which I am placing in your sight this day.”
11:32. And ye shall observe to do all the statutes and judgments which I set before you this day.
ru▾ LXX-gloss▾ bhs-gloss▾ vulgate▾ erva_1895▾ catholic_pdv▾ kjv_1900▾
jg▾ tr▾ all ▾
R. A. Torrey - Treasury: Treasury of Scriptural Knowledge - 1880
11:32: Deu 5:32, Deu 5:33, Deu 12:32; Psa 119:6; Mat 7:21-27, Mat 28:20; Luk 1:6; Joh 15:14; Th1 4:1, Th1 4:2
John Gill
11:32 And ye shall observe to do all the statutes and judgments,.... Take notice of them, and heed unto them, so as to practise them:
which I set before you this day; repeated in order to them, on the observance of which depended their continuance in the land of Canaan; and therefore this is so often repeated and urged.